NASH FINCH CO
10-K, 1994-03-31
GROCERIES & RELATED PRODUCTS
Previous: MOSINEE PAPER CORP, 10-K, 1994-03-31
Next: NASH FINCH CO, DEF 14A, 1994-03-31



<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                 -------------
                                   FORM 10-K


               Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                      the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended:                             Commission file number:
    January 1, 1994                                                      0-785


                                 -------------

                             NASH-FINCH COMPANY
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                                                    41-0431960
(State of Incorporation)                                      (I.R.S. Employer
                                                           Identification No.)
  7600 France Avenue South
      P.O. Box 355
  Minneapolis, Minnesota
  (Address of principal                                             55440-0355
    executive offices)                                              (Zip Code)

      Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (612) 832-0534

                                 -------------

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                  Common Stock, par value $1.66-2/3 per share
                         Common Stock Purchase Rights

                                 -------------

      Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by  Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes /X/  No / /

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  / /

      As of March 21, 1994, 10,872,424 shares of Common Stock of the
Registrant were outstanding, and the aggregate market value of the Common
Stock of the Registrant as of that date (based upon the last reported sale
price of the Common Stock at that date by the NASDAQ National Market System),
excluding outstanding shares deemed beneficially owned by directors and
officers, was approximately $180,162,300.

                                 -------------

      Parts I, II and IV of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporate by
reference information (to the extent specific pages are referred to herein)
from the Registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders for the Year Ended January
1, 1994 (the "1993 Annual Report").  Part III of this Annual Report on Form
10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections
are referred to herein) from the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its Annual
Meeting to be held May 10, 1994 (the "1994 Proxy Statement").

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                    PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.

     (a)  GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS.

     Nash Finch Company, a Delaware corporation organized in 1921 as the
successor to a business founded in 1885, has its principal executive offices
at 7600 France Avenue South, Edina, Minnesota 55435.  Its telephone number is
(612) 832-0534.  Unless the context otherwise indicates, the term "Company,"
as used in this Report, means Nash Finch Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries.

     The Company is one of the largest food wholesalers in the United States,
serving approximately 700 affiliated and other independent retail supermarkets
as of January 1, 1994.  In addition, the Company distributes food and related
products to approximately 5,000 convenience stores and other retail outlets
and institutional accounts, such as military base commissaries, restaurants,
schools and hospitals.  No one customer accounts for a significant portion of
the Company's sales.  The Company also operates and supplies, as of January 1,
1994, 102 Company-owned supermarkets and warehouse stores.  The Company's
affiliated and Company-owned stores operate under a number of tradenames,
including ECONOFOODS-R-, FOOD BONANZA-R-, SUN MART-TM-, FAMILY THRIFT
CENTER-TM-, JACK & JILL-R-, ECONOMART-TM-, OUR FAMILY FOODS-R- and FOOD
PRIDE-R-.  The Company's market areas are in 31 states in the Midwest, West,
Mid-Atlantic and Southeast and are serviced through 18 wholesale distribution
centers and two general merchandise warehouses. The Company packages, ships
and markets fresh produce from California and the country of Chile to a
variety of buyers across the United States, Canada and overseas.

     In July 1993, the Company acquired a 16-store chain of supermarkets
operating in Iowa, western Illinois and northern Missouri, from an independent
retail store operator.  In February 1994, the Company acquired a 23-store
chain of retail grocery stores operating in North Carolina (with one store in
South Carolina) from an independent retail store operator.

     (b)  FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT INDUSTRY SEGMENTS.

     Financial information about the Company's business segments for the most
recent three fiscal years is contained on page 25 of the 1993 Annual Report
(Note 12 to Consolidated Financial Statements).  For segment financial
reporting purposes, a portion of the operational profits of fourteen wholesale
distribution centers are allocated to retail operations to the extent that
merchandise is purchased by these distribution centers and transferred to
retail stores directly operated by the Company.  For fiscal 1993, 35% of such
warehouse operational profits were allocated to retail operations.

     (c)  NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.

     1.   PRODUCTS SUPPLIED.

     The Company distributes and sells a full line of food products, including
dry groceries, fresh fruits and vegetables, frozen foods, fresh and processed
meat products and dairy products, and a variety of non-food products,
including health and beauty aids, tobacco products, paper products, cleaning
supplies and small household items.  The Company primarily distributes and
sells nationally advertised brand products and a number of unbranded products
(principally meats and produce) purchased directly from various manufacturers,
processors and suppliers or through manufacturers' representatives and
brokers.  Many of the  major suppliers of the Company are large companies.


<PAGE>

The Company has no significant long-term purchase obligations and believes
that adequate and alternative sources of supply are available in most cases.

     The Company also distributes and sells private label products using the
Company's own trademarks.  A wide variety of grocery, dairy, package meat,
frozen foods, health and beauty care products, paper and household products,
beverages, and other packaged products are manufactured or processed by others
for the Company and sold under Company brand names.

     2.   DISTRIBUTION.

     The Company distributes products to Company-owned supermarkets and
warehouse stores and to independent customers and military base commissaries
from 18 distribution centers, as of January 1, 1994, located in Minnesota (1),
Iowa (1), Kansas (1), Nebraska (2), Colorado (1), North Dakota (2), South
Dakota (2), Wisconsin (1), North Carolina (3), Virginia (2), Maryland (1) and
Georgia (1).  The Company's distribution centers are located at strategic
points to efficiently serve Company-owned stores and independent customers.
The distribution centers are equipped with modern materials handling equipment
for receiving, storing and shipping goods and merchandise and are designed for
high-volume operations at low unit costs.  The Company also distributes health
and beauty aids and general merchandise products from two separate warehouse
facilities, one in South Dakota and the other in North Carolina, and
distributes produce from a separate warehouse facility in North Carolina.

     The distribution centers serve as central sources of supply for
Company-owned and independent stores and institutional customers within their
operating areas.  The distribution centers maintain complete inventories
containing virtually every national brand grocery product sold in
supermarkets, together with a wide variety of high-volume private label items.
In addition, the distribution centers provide full lines of perishables,
including fresh meats and poultry, fresh fruits and vegetables, dairy and
delicatessen products and frozen foods.  Retailers order their inventory
requirements at regular intervals through direct linkage with Company
computers.  Deliveries are made primarily by the Company's transportation
fleet.  The frequency of deliveries varies, depending upon customer needs.
The Company currently has a modern fleet of approximately 368 tractors, 613
semi-trailers and 230 small trucks and vans, most of which are owned by the
Company.  In addition, many types of meats, dairy products, bakery and other
products are sold by the Company but are delivered by the suppliers directly
to retail food stores.

     Virtually all of the Company's wholesale sales to independent customers
are made on a cost-plus-fee basis, with the fee based on the type of commodity
and quantity purchased.  Selling prices are changed promptly, based on the
latest cost information.

     3.   WHOLESALE OPERATIONS.

     As of January 1, 1994, the Company distributed food products and non-food
items, on a wholesale basis, to approximately 700 affiliated and other
independent retail supermarkets and to approximately 5,000 convenience stores,
military base commissaries and other retail outlets and institutional
accounts.  The Company's affiliated and other independent retail supermarkets
account for the major portion of the Company's wholesale sales.  These are
primarily self-service supermarkets that carry a wide variety of grocery
products, health and beauty aids and general merchandise.  Many stores also
have one or more specialty departments such as delicatessens, in-store
bakeries, restaurants, pharmacies and flower shops.  The stores served by the
Company's


                                        2
<PAGE>

wholesale operations range in size from small convenience stores to large
supermarkets containing approximately 50,000 square feet.

     The Company offers its affiliated independent stores a broad range of
services, most of which are also made available to its other retailers.
Services offered include promotion, advertising and merchandising programs,
the installation of computerized ordering, receiving and scanning systems, the
establishment and supervision of computerized retail accounting, budgeting and
payroll systems, personnel management assistance and employee training,
consumer and market research, store development services and insurance
programs.  The Company's retail counselors and other Company personnel advise
and counsel the affiliated independents, and directly provide many of the
above services.  Separate charges are made for some of these services.  Other
independent stores are charged for services on a negotiated basis.  The
Company also provides retailers with marketing and store upgrade services,
many of which have been developed in connection with Company-owned stores.
For example, the Company assists retailers in installing and operating
delicatessens and other specialty food sections.  Rather than develop a single
pattern for the services it provides, the Company has developed flexible
programs to serve the needs of most of its affiliated independents, whether
rural or urban, large or small.

     The Company's assistance to its affiliated independent stores in store
development provides a means of continued growth for the Company through the
development of new retail store locations and the enlargement or remodeling of
existing retail stores.  The services provided include site selection,
marketing studies, building design, store layout and equipment planning and
procurement.  The Company assists its retail customers in securing existing
supermarkets that are for sale from time to time in market areas serviced by
the Company and, occasionally, acquires existing stores for resale to
customers.

     The Company also may provide financial assistance to independent
retailers it services, generally in connection with new store development and
the upgrading or expansion of existing stores.  The Company makes secured
loans to some of its affiliated independent operators, generally repayable
over a period of five or seven years, for inventories, store fixtures and
equipment, working capital and store improvements.   Loans are secured by
liens on inventory or equipment or both, by personal guarantees and by other
types of security.  As of January 1, 1994, the Company had outstanding
$27,965,573 in such secured loans to 96 independent operators.  In addition,
the Company may provide such assistance to independent retailers by
guarantying loans from financial institutions and leases entered into directly
with lessors.  The Company also uses its credit strength to lease supermarket
locations and sublease them to independent operators, at rates that are at
least as high as the rent paid by the Company.

     4.   RETAIL OPERATIONS.

     As of January 1, 1994, the Company owned and operated 102 retail outlets,
including 57 supermarkets, 40 warehouse stores and 5 combination general
merchandise/food stores.  The Company has devoted considerable resources in
recent years to acquire, construct, enlarge and modernize Company-owned
stores.  Over the last several years, the Company has reduced (and expects to
continue to reduce) its number of smaller supermarkets.  Concurrently with
such reductions, the Company seeks to add either larger conventional
supermarkets (at least 30,000 square feet) or warehouse stores (at least
45,000 square feet), as appropriate.  The Company has implemented a number of
automated systems, including scanning and direct store delivery for its


                                        3
<PAGE>

stores.  These systems provide inventory control at delivery and checkout
points, reducing shrinkage and increasing labor efficiency.

     The Company operates its 57 supermarkets principally under the names SUN
MART-TM-, EASTER FOODS-TM- and JACK & JILL-R-.  These stores, of which the
Company leases 46 (the remainder are owned), range in size up to approximately
46,000 square feet.  These stores are primarily self-service supermarkets that
carry a wide variety of grocery products, health and beauty aids and general
merchandise.  Many stores also have one or more specialty departments such as
delicatessens, in-store bakeries, restaurants, pharmacies and flower shops.

     The Company operates 40 warehouse stores principally under the names
ECONOFOODS-R- and FOOD BONANZA-R-.  These stores, 13 of which the Company owns
(the remainder are leased), range in size up to approximately 73,000 square
feet.  The Company's warehouse stores have evolved since the first was opened
in 1964.  The early concept emphasized low prices, limited product selection
and none of the standard supermarket services such as bagging, carry-out,
trading stamps or other promotions.  Today's new and expanded warehouse stores
offer a wide variety of high quality groceries, fresh fruits and vegetables,
dairy products, frozen foods, fresh fish, fresh and processed meat and health
and beauty aids, all at lower prices, and specialty departments such as
delicatessens, in-store bakeries, pharmacies, banks and floral and video
departments.  These stores appeal to quality and price-conscious customers who
want national brands, broad selection, and availability of convenience foods,
but are willing, in some cases, to forgo standard supermarket services.  The
stores are able to offer lower prices due to increased business volume as well
as the limited services available.

     The Company also operates five combination general merchandise/food
stores principally under the name FAMILY THRIFT CENTER-TM-.  These stores, two
of which the Company leases (the other three are owned), range in size up to
approximately 70,000 square feet.  In addition to traditional supermarket food
departments, these stores have expanded general merchandise and health and
beauty aid departments and pharmacies, and some also have sit-down
restaurants, full-service floral departments and book departments.

     5.   PRODUCE MARKETING OPERATIONS.

     Through a wholly owned subsidiary, Nash-DeCamp Company, the Company
grows, packs, ships and markets fresh fruits and vegetables from locations in
California and the country of Chile to customers across the United States and
Canada, and also overseas.  For regulatory reasons, the amount of business
between Nash-DeCamp Company and the Company is limited.  The Company owns and
operates four modern packing, shipping and/or cold storage facilities that
ship fresh grapes, citrus, plums, peaches, nectarines, apricots, pears,
persimmons, kiwi fruit and other products.  The Company also acts as marketing
agent for other packers of fresh produce in California and in the country of
Chile.  For the above services, the Company receives, in addition to a selling
commission, a fee for packing, handling and shipping produce.  The Company
also owns vineyards and orchards for the production of table grapes, tree
fruit, kiwi and citrus.



                                        4
<PAGE>

     6.   COMPETITION.

     All segments of the Company's business are highly competitive.  The
Company competes directly at the wholesale level with a number of wholesalers
that supply independent retailers, including "cooperative" wholesalers that
are owned by their retail customers and "voluntary" wholesalers who, like the
Company, are not owned by their retail customers but sponsor a program under
which single-unit or multi-unit independent retailers may affiliate under a
common name.  The Company also competes indirectly with the warehouse and
distribution operations of the large integrated chains, which consist of
single entities owning both wholesale and retail operations.  At the wholesale
level, the principal methods of competition are location of distribution
centers and the services offered to independent retailers, such as store
financing and use of store names.  The success of the Company's wholesale
business also depends upon the ability of its retail store customers to
compete successfully with other retail food stores.

     The Company competes on the retail level in a fragmented market with many
organizations of various sizes, ranging from national chains and voluntary or
cooperative groups to local chains and privately-owned unaffiliated stores.
Depending on the product and location involved, the principal methods of
competition at the retail level include price, service, quality, display,
selection and store location.

     The Company competes directly in its produce marketing operations with a
large number of other firms that pack, ship and market produce, and competes
indirectly with larger, integrated firms that grow, pack, ship and market
produce.  The principal methods of competition in this segment are service
provided to growers and the ability to sell produce at the most favorable
prices.

     7.   EMPLOYEES.

     As of January 1, 1994, the Company employed approximately 11,900 persons
(approximately 6,000 full-time and 5,900 part-time).

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.

     The principal executive offices of the Company are located in Edina,
Minnesota, and consist of approximately 68,000 square feet of office space.



                                        5
<PAGE>


     The locations and sizes of the Company's distribution centers, as of
January 1, 1994, are as follows (all of which are owned, except as indicated):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Approx. Size
      Location                            (Square Feet)
      --------                            -------------
      <S>                                 <C>
      Midwest/West:
       *Denver, Colorado..................   301,800
        Cedar Rapids, Iowa................   351,900
        Liberal, Kansas...................   177,000
        St. Cloud, Minnesota..............   325,100
        Grand Island, Nebraska............   177,700
        Lincoln, Nebraska.................   226,000
        Fargo, North Dakota...............   288,800
        Minot, North Dakota...............   185,200
        Rapid City, South Dakota..........   186,600
        Sioux Falls, South Dakota.........   173,100
       *Sioux Falls, South Dakota
          (general merchandise warehouse).    79,300
        Appleton, Wisconsin...............   430,900

      Southeast:
         Macon, Georgia...................   247,700
       * Baltimore, Maryland..............   215,000
          (includes 60,000 square feet of
          refrigerated warehouse space
          located in Jessup, Maryland)
       * Hickory, North Carolina..........   120,500
          (general merchandise warehouse)
       * Lumberton, North Carolina........   256,600
          (includes produce warehouse of
          16,100 square feet located
          in Wilmington, North Carolina)
       * Newton, North Carolina...........   208,900
       * Rocky Mount, North Carolina......   201,800
         Bluefield, Virginia..............   197,700
       * Chesapeake, Virginia.............   233,300
                                           ---------
         Total square feet................ 4,584,900
                                           ---------
                                           ---------

<FN>
- ------------

* Leased facility (excluding produce warehouse in Wilmington, North Carolina,
which is owned).


</TABLE>


  The distribution center facilities are leased for varying terms, all with
remaining terms of less than 20 years.  Total rent in fiscal 1993 for the
leased facilities was $2,568,000.



                                        6
<PAGE>

   The following table shows the number and aggregate size of Company-owned and
operated supermarkets and warehouse stores operated at January 1, 1994:

<TABLE>
  <S>                          <C>
  *Supermarkets:
      Number of Stores................62
      Total Square Feet........1,601,000

  Warehouse stores:
      Number of Stores................40
      Total Square Feet........1,658,000

  Totals:
      Number of Stores...............102
      Total Square Feet........3,259,000

<FN>
- --------
*   Includes 5 combination general merchandise/food stores.


</TABLE>


      The Company leases 48 of its supermarket and combination general
merchandise/food store buildings (the remainder are owned), which range in
size up to approximately 70,000 square feet.  The Company also leases 27 of
its warehouse store buildings, which range in size up to approximately 73,000
square feet.  These leases are for varying terms, primarily under 20 years.
The total rent in fiscal 1993 for store buildings was $7,994,000.

      Further information about the lease obligations of the Company is given
in Note 8 to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 24 of the 1993
Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference.

      Nash-DeCamp Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, owns and
operates four packing, shipping and/or cold storage facilities in California
in connection with its produce marketing operations, with total space of
approximately 184,500 square feet.  Its executive offices, comprising
approximately 8,000 square feet, are in leased premises located in Visalia,
California.  In addition, the Company owns approximately 800 acres for the
production of table grapes, 40 acres for the production of kiwi fruit, 820
acres for the production of peaches, plums, apricots and nectarines, and 255
acres for the production of citrus.  These vineyards and orchards are located
in the San Joaquin Valley of California.

      The Company makes a continuing effort to keep all of its properties and
facilities modern, efficient and adequate for its operational needs, through
the acquisition, disposition, expansion and improvement of such properties and
facilities.  As a result, the Company believes that its properties and
facilities are, on an aggregate basis, fully utilized and adequate for the
conduct of its business.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

      On August 31, 1993 one of the Company's customers, Paintsville Foods,
Inc. (the "Debtor"), filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky.  The Company has
filed a plan of reorganization in this case that seeks approval of a bidding
procedure to sell the assets of the Debtor.  As of March 25, 1994, the plan of
reorganization has not been approved by the court.  For the fiscal year
ended January 1, 1994,


                                        7
<PAGE>

the Company's increased provision for bad debts included $5,030,000 relating
to this bankruptcy proceeding.  There are no other pending or threatened
material legal proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
a party.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

      No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Report.

ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      The executive officers of the Company, their ages, the year first
elected or appointed as an executive officer and the offices held as of
March 1, 1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Year First Elected
                           or Appointed as an
  Name (Age)               Executive Officer            Title
  ----------               ------------------           -----
<S>                        <C>                  <C>
 Harold B. Finch, Jr.(66)      1972             Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                                Executive Officer

 Alfred N. Flaten, Jr.(59)     1991             President and Chief Operating
                                                Officer

 Robert F. Nash (60)           1974             Vice President and Treasurer

 Norman R. Soland (53)         1986             Vice President, Secretary and
                                                General Counsel

 David W. Bell (49)            1990             Vice President, Corporate Retail
                                                Operations

 Charles F. Ramsbacher (51)    1991             Vice President, Marketing

 Clarence T. Walters (57)      1988             Vice President, Management
                                                Information Systems

 Steven L. Lumsden (48)        1992             Vice President, Warehouse and
                                                Transportation

 Gerald D. Maurice (60)        1993             Vice President, Store
                                                Development

 Lawrence A. Wojtasiak (48)    1990             Controller

</TABLE>

      There are no family relationships between or among any of the executive
officers or directors of the Company.  Executive officers of the Company are
elected by the Board of Directors for one-year terms, commencing with their
election at the first meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following
the annual meeting of stockholders and continuing until the next such meeting
of the Board of Directors.  Except as indicated below, there has been no
change in position of any of the executive officers during the last five
years.


                                        8
<PAGE>


      Mr. Flaten's election as President and Chief Operating Officer was
effective in November 1991.  He had been elected Executive Vice President,
Sales and Operations of Nash Finch in February 1991.  He was previously an
operating officer, having served as Vice President, Corporate Retail
Operations from January 1989 to February 1991.

      Mr. Bell was elected Vice President, Corporate Retail Operations in May
1991, having previously served as Vice President, Marketing from May 1990 to
May 1991, and Director of Marketing from February 1990 to May 1990.  Mr. Bell
was previously employed by Shoprite Supermarkets, Inc., an operator of retail
grocery stores, as Executive Vice President, Merchandising and Operations from
1989 to 1990, and as Vice President and General Manager from 1987 to 1989.

      Mr. Ramsbacher was elected Vice President, Marketing in May 1991, having
previously served as operating Vice President, Iowa Division from May 1990 to
May 1991, and Iowa Division Manager from August 1988 to May 1990.

      Mr. Lumsden was elected Vice President, Warehouse and Transportation in
May 1992, having previously served as Director, Warehouse and Transportation
from May 1990 to May 1992, and Manager, Distribution Center Operations from
September 1987 to May 1990.

      Mr. Maurice was elected Vice President, Store Development in May 1993,
having previously served as operating Vice President, Central Division for
more than five years.

      Mr. Wojtasiak was elected Controller in May 1990.  He was previously
employed by The Diana Corporation, a diversified holding company, as a special
project coordinator from July 1988 to April 1990.

                                    PART II

ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

      The information under the caption "Price Range of Common Stock and
Dividends" on page 15 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      The financial information under the caption "Consolidated Summary of
Operations" on pages 26 and 27 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
            RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The information under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on pages 14 and 15 of the
Company's 1993 Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.



                                        9
<PAGE>

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

      The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the report of its
independent auditors on pages 16-25 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report are
incorporated herein by reference, as is the unaudited information set forth
under the caption "Quarterly Financial Information" on page 15.

ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
            FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

      Not applicable.

                                   PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      A.    DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      The information under the captions "Election of Directors--Information
About Directors and Nominees" and "Election of Directors--Other Information
About Directors and Nominees" in the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.

      B.    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      Information concerning Executive Officers of the Company is included in
this Report under Item 4A, "Executive Officers of the Registrant."

      C.    COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

      Information under the caption "Executive Compensation and Other
Benefits--Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act" in the Company's
1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

      The information under the captions "Election of Directors--Director
Compensation" and "Executive Compensation and Other Benefits" in the Company's
1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

      The information under the caption "Principal Stockholders and Beneficial
Ownership of Management" in the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated
herein by reference.



                                        10
<PAGE>

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      The information under the caption "Election of Directors--Other
Information About Directors and Nominees" in the Company's 1994 Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

                                    PART IV

ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

      (a)   1.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

            The following Financial Statements are incorporated herein by
      reference from the pages indicated in the Company's 1993 Annual Report:

            Independent Auditors' Report -- page 16

            Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended January 1,
      1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991 -- page 16

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January
      1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991 -- page 17

            Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 1994 and January 2,
      1993 -- pages 18 and 19

            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years
      ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and  December 28, 1991 -- page 20

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements -- pages 20-25

            2.    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

            The following financial statement schedules and auditors' report
      thereon are included herein and should be read in conjunction with the
      consolidated financial statements referred to above (page numbers refer
      to pages in this Report):
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

  Independent Auditors' Report on Consolidated Financial
  Statement Schedules..............................................         14

  Financial Statement Schedules:

  V.    Property, Plant and Equipment, and Assets Under
        Capitalized Leases.........................................         15



                                        11
<PAGE>

  VI.   Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of
        Property, Plant and Equipment, and Assets
        Under Capitalized Leases...................................         16

  VIII. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..........................         17

  IX.   Short-Term Borrowings......................................         18

        All other schedules are omitted as the required information is
  inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial
  statements or related notes.

      3.  Exhibits:

      The exhibits to this Report are listed in the Exhibit Index on pages 20
  to 24 herein.

      A copy of any of these exhibits will be furnished at a reasonable cost
  to any person who was a stockholder of the Company as of March 21, 1994,
  upon receipt from any such person of a written request for any such exhibit.
  Such request should be sent to Nash Finch Company, 7600 France Avenue South,
  P.O. Box 355, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55440-0355, Attention: Secretary.

      The following is a list of each management contract or compensatory plan
  or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on
  Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c):

          A.   Nash Finch Profit Sharing Plan -- 1994 Revision and Nash Finch
               Profit Sharing Trust Agreement (as restated effective January
               1, 1994) (filed herewith as Exhibit 10.6).

          B.   Nash Finch Executive Incentive Bonus and Deferred Compensation
               Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 1993)
               (filed herewith as Exhibit 10.7).

          C.   Excerpt from minutes of the Board of Directors regarding Nash
               Finch Pension Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended January 3, 1987 (File No. 0-785)).

          D.   Nash Finch 1988 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1988 (File No.
               0-785)).

          E.   Amendment to 1988 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit 28.2 to the Company's Registration
               Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-26590)).

          F.   Letter agreement, dated June 12, 1979, between Nash Finch and
               Donald R. Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
               the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 1983 (File No. 0-785)).



                                        12
<PAGE>

          G.   Excerpts from minutes of the Board of Directors regarding
               director compensation (filed herewith as Exhibit 10.14).

          H.   Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1990 (File No.
               0-785)).

          I.   Form of letter agreement specifying benefits in the event of
               termination of employment following a change in control of Nash
               Finch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 29, 1990 (File No. 0-785)).

          J.   Nash Finch Company Income Deferral Plan (filed herewith as
               Exhibit 10.17).

  (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

      No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of the
  fiscal year covered by this Report.



                                        13




<PAGE>














                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT ON
                  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES




The Board of Directors
Nash Finch Company:


Under date of March 1, 1994, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of
Nash Finch Company and subsidiaries as of January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993
and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 1,
1994, as contained in the 1993 annual report to stockholders. These
consolidated financial statements and our report thereon are incorporated by
reference in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1993. In connection
with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we
have also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedules as
listed in the accompanying index. These financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of Company management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statement schedules based on our audits.

In our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.




KPMG Peat Marwick






Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 1, 1994


                                       14




<PAGE>

                      NASH FINCH COMPANY and SUBSIDIARIES          Schedule V
        Property, Plant and Equipment, and Assets Under Capitalized Leases
   Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
                               (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Classification
- ---------------------------------       Balance at                Additions
Property, plant and equipment           beginning    Additions     due to      Retirements  Other changes  Balance at
- ---------------------------------        of year      at cost     acquisitions and sales    add (deduct)  end of year
                                        ---------    ---------    ------------ ---------    ------------- -----------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
   Land                               $    20,337       2,628                       804                        22,161
   Buildings and improvements              80,278       2,024                     2,675         8,511 (a)      88,197
                                                                                                  101 (c)
                                                                                                  (42)(b)
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment      175,692      17,716                     8,157         4,258 (a)     189,551
                                                                                                   42 (b)
   Leasehold improvements                  22,509         477                       477         2,658 (a)      25,066
                                                                                                 (101)(c)
   Construction in progress                 5,725      13,991                       415       (15,427)(a)       3,874
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
                                      $   304,541      36,836                    12,528            --         328,849
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------

53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
   Land                               $    22,161       4,323                     2,067                        24,417
   Buildings and improvements              88,197       6,093                     5,517        10,606 (a)     100,772
                                                                                                1,393 (c)
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment      189,551      14,884        3,316       10,721         3,680 (a)     199,420
                                                                                               (1,290)(c)
   Leasehold improvements                  25,066         568                       638          (103)(c)      25,596
                                                                                                  703 (a)
   Construction in progress                 3,874      17,123                       354       (14,989)(a)       5,654
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------
                                          328,849      42,991        3,316       19,297            --         355,859
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------

52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
   Land                               $    24,417         673          784        1,283         2,061 (a)      26,652
   Buildings and improvements             100,772       2,547        3,090        5,114           784 (c)     105,650
                                                                                                3,571 (a)
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment      199,420      18,972        4,701       14,242         1,105 (a)     209,172
                                                                                                 (784)(c)
   Leasehold improvements                  25,596         635        1,618        2,353           520 (a)      26,016

   Construction in progress                 5,654      13,555                     6,038        (7,257)(a)       5,914
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------
                                      $   355,859      36,382       10,193       29,030            --         373,404
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------      -------      -------       --------        -------



Assets under capitalized leases
- -------------------------------
52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
   Buildings and improvements         $     5,507           --                        --           --           5,507
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------

53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
   Buildings and improvements         $     5,507           --                    1,748            --           3,759
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------

52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
   Buildings and improvements         $     3,759       5,451                         --           --           9,210
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
                                        ---------     -------                   -------       --------        -------
<FN>

(a) Construction in progress transferred (to) from other property accounts.
(b) Elimination and reclassification entries.
(c) Transfers of equipment between classifications.

</TABLE>

                                   15


<PAGE>

                   NASH  FINCH  COMPANY and SUBSIDIARIES            Schedule VI
          Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of Property,
         Plant and Equipment, and Assets Under Capitalized Leases
  Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
                             (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              Balance at  Charged to  Additions
                                              beginning   costs and    due to      Retirements  Other changes   Balance at
                  Description                  of year    expenses    acquisitions and sales     add (deduct)   end of year
    ---------------------------------       -----------   ----------  ------------ -----------  -------------   -----------
    <S>                                     <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
    Property, plant and equipment
    -----------------------------
    52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
       Buildings and improvements           $   21,490       3,213                     622         53 (a)       24,134
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment       117,180      20,572                   7,389         10 (a)      130,373
       Amortization of leasehold                 9,769       1,835                     273        (63)(a)       11,268
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            $  148,439      25,620                   8,284        --           165,775
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

    53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
       Buildings and improvements           $   24,134       3,853                     605         61 (a)       27,443
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment       130,373      20,779                  10,049                     141,103
       Amortization of leasehold                11,268       1,912                     552        (61)(a)       12,567
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

                                            $  165,775      26,544                  11,206        --           181,113
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

    52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
       Buildings and improvements           $   27,443       4,829                   1,117      2,798 (a)       33,953
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment       141,103      20,477                  13,320     (2,287)(a)      145,973
       Amortization of leasehold                12,567       1,989                   1,158       (511)(a)       12,887
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            $  181,113      27,295                  15,595        --           192,813
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

    Assets under capitalized leases
    -------------------------------
    52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
       Buildings and improvements           $    4,532         218                   --           --             4,750
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

    53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
       Buildings and improvements           $    4,750         225                   1,748        --             3,227
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------

    52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
       Buildings and improvements           $    3,227         310                   --           --             3,537
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
                                            ----------    --------                 -------       -----        --------
<FN>
    (a)   Transfers of equipment between classifications.
</TABLE>

                                      16


<PAGE>

                    NASH  FINCH  COMPANY and SUBSIDIARIES         Schedule VIII
                      Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 Fiscal years ended Janaury 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
                               (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Additions
                                                               ---------------------------     Charged
                                               Balance at      Charged to                     (credited)                     Balance
                                               beginning       costs and        Due to         to other                       at end
              Description                       of year         expenses      acquisitions     accounts    Deductions        of year
- -----------------------------------------      ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>

52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
   Allowance for doubtful receivables (d)        $4,534          1,430          --                124  (a)        938  (b)   5,150
   Provision for losses relating to
    leases on closed locations                    2,526            514          --                351  (c)      1,877        1,514
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                                 $7,060          1,944          --                475           2,815        6,664
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
   Allowance for doubtful receivables (d)        $5,150          3,668          --             (4,000) (e)      1,316  (b)   3,554
                                                                                                   52  (a)
   Provision for losses relating to
    leases on closed locations                    1,514            316          --                178  (c)      1,341          667
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                                 $6,664          3,984          --             (3,770)          2,657        4,221
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
   Allowance for doubtful receivables (d)        $3,554         10,146          --             (3,123) (e)      2,146  (b)   8,522
                                                                                                   91  (a)
   Provision for losses relating to
    leases on closed locations                      667            583          --                677  (c)      1,759          168
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                                 $4,221         10,729          --             (2,355)          3,905        8,690
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
                                               ----------      ----------    ------------      --------    ----------        -------
<FN>
    (a) Recoveries on accounts previously charged off.
    (b) Accounts charged off.
    (c) Change in current portion shown as current liability.
    (d) Includes current and non-current receivables.
    (e) Reserve for estimated losses on notes sold
         reclassified to other current liability,
         as to which the Company is contingently liable.

</TABLE>

                                  17


<PAGE>

                      NASH FINCH COMPANY and SUBSIDIARIES            Schedule IX
                           Short-term Borrowings
     Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
                        (Dollar amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Maximum          Average         Weighted
                                                                     Weighted           amount        daily amount    daily average
                                                     Balance         average          oustanding      outstanding     interest rate
    Category of aggregate                           at end of        interest         during the       during the      during the
    short-term borrowings                             period           rate             period           period          period
- ------------------------------------------          ---------        --------         ----------      ------------     -----------
    <S>                                          <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>

    52 weeks ended December 28, 1991:
       Payable to banks for borrowings           $       7,600         5.02        $      19,000    $       3,873          6.1

    53 weeks ended January 2, 1993:
       Payable to banks for borrowings           $      47,500         3.7         $      51,500    $      27,748          4.1

    52 weeks ended January 1, 1994:
       Payable to banks for borrowings           $      38,300         3.4         $      56,400    $      43,234          3.4
</TABLE>

                                           18


<PAGE>



                                  SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  March 30, 1994         NASH-FINCH COMPANY

                               By/s/Harold B. Finch, Jr.
                                 -----------------------
                                   Harold B. Finch, Jr.
                                   Chairman of the Board and
                                   Chief Executive Officer


  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report has been signed below on March 30, 1994 by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.



/s/Harold B. Finch, Jr.                    /s/Alfred N. Flaten, Jr.
- ------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Harold B. Finch, Jr., Chairman of the      Alfred N. Flaten, Jr., President,
Board,Chief Executive Officer (Principal   Chief Operating Officer and Director
Executive Officer) and Director


/s/Robert F. Nash                          /S/Lawrence A. Wojtasiak
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Robert F. Nash, Vice President and         Lawrence A. Wojtasiak, Controller
Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)    (Principal Accounting Officer)
and Director

/s/Carole F. Bitter                        /s/Richard A. Fisher
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Carole F. Bitter, Director                 Richard A. Fisher, Director


/s/Allister P. Graham                      /s/John H. Grunewald
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Allister P. Graham, Director               John H. Grunewald, Director


/s/Richard G. Lareau                       /s/Russell N. Mammel
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Richard G. Lareau, Director                Russell N. Mammel, Director


/s/Donald R. Miller                        /s/Jerome O. Rodysill
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Donald R. Miller, Director                 Jerome O. Rodysill, Director


/s/Arthur C. Wangaard, Jr.
- ----------------------------
Arthur C. Wangaard, Jr., Director



                                        19
<PAGE>


                              NASH FINCH COMPANY

                        EXHIBIT INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT
                                 ON FORM 10-K
                     For Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 1994

Item
 No.    Item                        Method of Filing
- ----    ----                        ----------------

3.1   Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of Nash
      Finch....................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    28, 1985 (File No. 0-785)

3.2   Amendment to Restated
      Certificate of Incorporation
      of the Company, effective
      May 29, 1986.............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended October 4, 1986
                                    (File No. 0-785)

3.3   Amendment to Restated
      Certificate Incorporation
      of the Company, effective
      May 15, 1987.............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5
                                    to the Company's Registration Statement on
                                    Form S-3 (File No. 33-14871)

3.4   Bylaws of the Company....     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    31, 1983 (File No. 0-785)

3.5   Amendment to Bylaws of
      the Company, effective
      November 12, 1985........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    28, 1985 (File No. 0-785)

3.6   Amendment to Bylaws of
      the Company, effective
      May 13, 1986.............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.2
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the Quarter ended October 4, 1986
                                    (File No. 0-785)



                                        20
<PAGE>

Item
 No.    Item                        Method of Filing
- ----    ----                        ----------------

3.7   Amendment to Bylaws of the
      Company, effective
      May 12, 1987.............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9
                                    to the Company's Registration Statement on
                                    Form S-3 (File No. 33-14871)

4.1   Specimen Form of the
      Company's Common Stock
      Certificate..............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    30, 1989 (File No. 0-785).

4.2   Amended and Restated
      Stockholder Rights
      Agreement, dated
      January 18, 1990, between
      the Company and Norwest
      Bank Minnesota,
      National Association.....     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to
                                    the Company's Amendment to Application or
                                    Report on Form 8 dated January 18, 1990
                                    (File No. 0-785)

10.1  Note Agreement, dated
      August 1, 1986, between the
      Company and Nationwide Life
      Insurance Company........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.3
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended October 4, 1986
                                    (File No. 0-785)

10.2  Note Agreements, dated
      September 15, 1987, between
      the Company and IDS Life
      Insurance Company, and
      between the Company and IDS
      Life Insurance Company of
      New York.................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended October 10,
                                    1987 (File No. 0-785)



                                        21
<PAGE>

Item
 No.    Item                        Method of Filing
- ----    ----                        ----------------

10.3  Note Agreements, dated
      September 29, 1989,
      between the Company
      and Nationwide Life
      Insurance Company, and
      between the Company and
      West Coast Life
      Insurance Company........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended October 7, 1989
                                    (File No. 0-785)

10.4  Note Agreements dated
      March 22, 1991, between the
      Company and The Minnesota
      Mutual Life Insurance
      Company, and between the
      Company and The Minnesota
      Mutual Life Insurance
      Company - Separate
      Account F................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended March 23, 1991
                                    (File No. 0-785)

10.5  Note Agreements, dated as of
      February 15, 1993 between
      the Company and Principal
      Mutual Life Insurance Company,
      and between the Company and
      Aid Association for
      Lutherans................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1
                                    to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                                    10-Q for the quarter ended March 27, 1993
                                    (File No. 0-785).

10.6  Nash Finch Profit Sharing
      Plan--1994 Revision and
      Nash Finch Profit Sharing
      Trust Agreement (as
      restated effective
      January 1, 1994).........     Filed herewith

10.7  Nash Finch Company Executive
      Incentive Bonus and
      Deferred Compensation Plan
      (as amended and restated
      effective December 31,
      1993)....................     Filed herewith


                                        22
<PAGE>

Item
 No.    Item                        Method of Filing
- ----    ----                        ----------------

10.8  Excerpts from Minutes of
      Board of Directors
      regarding Nash Finch
      Company Pension Plan,
      as amended effective
      January 2, 1966..........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3,
                                    1987 (File No. 0-785)

10.9  Nash-Finch Company 1988
      Long-Term Stock Incentive
      Plan, effective
      May 10, 1988.............     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2,
                                    1988 (File No. 0-785)

10.10 Amendment to 1988 Long-
      Term Stock Incentive Plan,
      effective December 22,
      1988.....................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 28.2
                                    to the Company's Registration Statement on
                                    Form S-8 (File No. 33-26590)

10.11 Form of Stock Option
      Agreement under
      1988 Long-Term Stock
      Incentive Plan...........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    31, 1988 (File No. 0-785)

10.12 Form of Restricted Stock
      Award Agreement under
      1988 Long-Term Stock
      Incentive Plan...........     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    31, 1988 (File No. 0-785)

10.13 Letter Agreement, dated
      June 12, 1979, between the
      Company and Donald R.
      Miller...................     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    31, 1983 (File No. 0-785)



                                        23
<PAGE>

Item
 No.    Item                        Method of Filing
- ----    ----                        ----------------

10.14 Excerpts from Board minutes
      regarding director
      compensation.............     Filed herewith

10.15 Form of Director Fee
      Deferral Agreement.......     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    29, 1990 (File No. 0-785)

10.16 Form of Letter Agreement
      Specifying Benefits in the
      Event of Termination of
      Employment Following a
      Change in Control of the
      Company...................    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20
                                    to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                                    29, 1990 (File No. 0-785)

10.17 Nash Finch Company
      Income Deferral Plan......    Filed herewith

13.1  1993 Annual Report to
      Stockholders (selected
      portions of pages 14-27)...   Filed herewith

21.1  Subsidiaries of the
      Registrant................    Filed herewith

23.1  Independent Auditors'
      Consent...................    Filed herewith


                                        24


<PAGE>

                              NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                1994 REVISION


<PAGE>


                              NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                1994 REVISION



                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----


ARTICLE I       DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE...................................  1

        1.1     Plan Name.................................................  1
        1.2     Plan Description..........................................  1
        1.3     Plan Purposes.............................................  1
        1.4     Plan Background...........................................  1

ARTICLE II      ELIGIBILITY...............................................  2

        2.1     Eligibility Requirements..................................  2
        2.2     Termination or Transfer Prior to Entry Date...............  2
        2.3     Transfer to or Among Participating Employers..............  2
        2.4     Multiple Employment.......................................  3
        2.5     Ceasing to be a Qualified Employee........................  3
        2.6     Condition of Participation................................  3
        2.7     Termination of Participation..............................  3

ARTICLE III     CONTRIBUTIONS.............................................  4

        3.1     Pre-Tax Contributions.....................................  4
        3.2     Profit Sharing Contributions..............................  5
        3.3     Rollovers and Transfers...................................  7
        3.4     Corrective Contributions..................................  7

ARTICLE IV      TRUSTEE'S ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION..........................  8

        4.1     Establishment of Accounts.................................  8
        4.2     Valuation and Account Adjustment..........................  8
        4.3     Adjustment Accounting.....................................  8
        4.4     Allocations Do Not Create Rights..........................  8

ARTICLE V       PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTION..........................  9

        5.1     Establishment of Investment Funds.........................  9
        5.2     Investment Directions.....................................  9
        5.3     Investment Direction Responsibility Resides With
                Participants.............................................. 10
        5.4     Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees........................ 10

                                        i

<PAGE>

                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----

ARTICLE VI      WITHDRAWALS DURING EMPLOYMENT............................. 11

        6.1     Hardship Withdrawals from Pre-Tax Contribution Account.... 11
        6.2     Withdrawals from Pre-Tax Contribution Account After
                Age 59-1/2................................................ 12
        6.3     Rules for Withdrawals..................................... 12
        6.4     No Withdrawals from Profit Sharing Contribution or
                Rollover Accounts......................................... 12

ARTICLE VII     VESTING................................................... 13

        7.1     Full and Immediate Vesting................................ 13

ARTICLE VIII    DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER TERMINATION........................... 14

        8.1     Form and Time of Distribution............................. 14
        8.2     Beneficiary Designation................................... 16
        8.3     Assignment, Alienation of Benefits........................ 17
        8.4     Payment in Event of Incapacity............................ 17
        8.5     Payment Satisfies Claims.................................. 18
        8.6     Disposition if Distributee Cannot be Located.............. 18
        8.7     Direct Rollovers and Transfers............................ 18
        8.8     Suspension of Distributions Following Reemployment........ 18

ARTICLE IX      CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.................................. 19

        9.1     Pre-Tax Contribution Dollar Limitation.................... 19
        9.2     Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations.................... 19
        9.3     Earnings on Excess Contributions.......................... 21
        9.4     Aggregate Defined Contribution Limitations................ 21
        9.5     Aggregate Defined Contribution/Defined Benefit
                Limitations............................................... 22
        9.6     Administrator's Discretion................................ 23

ARTICLE X       SERVICE RULES............................................. 24

        10.1    Computation Period.......................................  24
        10.2    Year of Service..........................................  24
        10.3    Hour of Service..........................................  24
        10.4    One-Year Break in Service................................  26
        10.5    Loss of Service..........................................  27
        10.6    Pre-Acquisition Services.................................  27

ARTICLE XI      ADOPTION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION......................  28

        11.1    Adoption by Affiliated Organizations.....................  28
        11.2    Authority to Amend and Procedure.........................  28
        11.3    Authority to Terminate and Procedure.....................  28

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----

        11.4    Vesting Upon Termination, Partial Termination or
                Discontinuance of Contributions..........................  29
        11.5    Distribution Following Termination, Partial
                Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions...........  29

ARTICLE XII     DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATIONS............  30

        12.1    Account..................................................  30
        12.2    Administrator............................................  30
        12.3    Affiliated Organization..................................  30
        12.4    Beneficiary..............................................  30
        12.5    Board....................................................  30
        12.6    Code.....................................................  30
        12.7    Committee................................................  30
        12.8    Company..................................................  30
        12.9    Consent of Spouse........................................  30
        12.10   Effective Date...........................................  31
        12.11   Eligible Earnings........................................  31
        12.12   Employee.................................................  32
        12.13   Fund.....................................................  32
        12.14   Governing Law............................................  32
        12.15   Headings.................................................  32
        12.16   Highly Compensated Employee..............................  32
        12.17   Number and Gender........................................  34
        12.18   Participant..............................................  34
        12.19   Participating Employer...................................  34
        12.20   Plan.....................................................  34
        12.21   Plan Rule................................................  34
        12.22   Plan Year................................................  34
        12.23   Pre-Tax Contribution Account.............................  34
        12.24   Pre-Tax Contributions....................................  34
        12.25   Profit Sharing Contribution Account......................  34
        12.26   Profit Sharing Contributions.............................  34
        12.27   Qualified Employee.......................................  34
        12.28   Rollover Account.........................................  35
        12.29   Section 415 Wages......................................... 35
        12.30   Termination of Employment................................. 35
        12.31   Testing Wages............................................. 36
        12.32   Treasury Regulations...................................... 36
        12.33   Trust..................................................... 36
        12.34   Trustee................................................... 36
        12.35   Valuation Date............................................ 36

ARTICLE XIII    ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN.................................... 37

        13.1    Administrator, Named Fiduciary............................ 37
        13.2    Compensation and Expenses................................. 37

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----

        13.3    Adoption of Rules......................................... 38
        13.4    Administrator's Discretion................................ 38
        13.5    Indemnification........................................... 38
        13.6    Benefit Claim Procedure................................... 38
        13.7    Correction of Errors...................................... 39

ARTICLE XIV     MISCELLANEOUS............................................. 40

        14.1    Merger, Consolidation, Transfer of Assets................. 40
        14.2    Limited Reversion of Fund................................. 40
        14.3    Top-Heavy Provisions...................................... 40
        14.4    No Employment Rights Created.............................. 44

                                       iv

<PAGE>

                              NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                1994 REVISION


                                  ARTICLE I
                          DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE

1.1   PLAN NAME.  The name of the Plan is the "Nash-Finch Company Profit
Sharing Plan."

1.2   PLAN DESCRIPTION.  The Plan is a profit sharing plan providing for
Pre-Tax Contributions pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement and
discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions.  The Plan is intended to qualify
under Code section 401(a) and to satisfy the requirements of Code section
401(k).  Notwithstanding the designation of the Plan as a profit sharing plan,
a Participating Employer may make contributions to the Plan even though the
Participating Employer has no current or accumulated earnings and profits.

1.3   PLAN PURPOSES.  The purposes of the Plan are to promote effort and
cooperation on the part of participating Qualified Employees; to provide a
measure of economic security to each such Qualified Employee by accumulating
contributions for distribution upon retirement, as a supplement to other
resources then available; and to permit participating Qualified Employees to
share in the profits and growth of their Participating Employer.

1.4   PLAN BACKGROUND.  (A)  Effective as of January 2, 1966, the Company
established the Plan and created the Trust for the benefit of Qualified
Employees.  Thereafter, the Plan was amended from time to time and restated in
its entirety by way of the 1976, 1984 and 1989 Revisions.

      (B)  For purposes of incorporating two separate Declarations of
Amendment that were adopted with respect to the 1989 Revision, to bring the
Plan into compliance with applicable laws that became effective subsequent to
the 1989 Revision and to make other miscellaneous changes to the Plan, the
Plan was amended and restated in the manner set forth in this 1994 Revision,
effective generally as of January 1, 1994, and in connection therewith, the
provisions of the Trust were restated in a separate agreement.


                                        1
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE II
                                ELIGIBILITY

2.1   ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.  (A)  An Employee is eligible to
participate in the Plan on the dates provided in clause (1), (2) and (3) for
the purposes specified in such clauses, provided, in any case, that the
Employee is a Qualified Employee on such date:

            (1)   the day he or she completes an Hour of Service of the type
      specified in Section 10.3(A)(1) for the purpose of having a rollover or
      transfer made on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 3.3;

            (2)   the first day of the calendar quarter that falls on or next
      follows the last day of the Computation Period during which he or she
      first completes one Year of Service for the purpose of having Pre-Tax
      Contributions made on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 3.1; and

            (3)   the first day of the calendar quarter that falls on or next
      follows the last day of the Computation Period during which he or she
      first completes two Years of Service for the purpose of being eligible
      to share in the allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant
      to Section 3.2.

      (B)   If an Employee is not a Qualified Employee on the date on which he
or she would otherwise be eligible to participate in the Plan for a purpose
specified in clause (2) or (3) of Subsection (A), he or she will become
eligible to participate in the Plan as of the first day of the calendar
quarter that falls on or next follows the date he or she becomes a Qualified
Employee if he or she remains a Qualified Employee on that date.

      (C)   Notwithstanding Subsection (A), in conjunction with an
acquisition, the Company's Board may specify a special entry date for those
Qualified Employees with respect to whom pre-acquisition service is taken into
account pursuant to Section 10.6.

2.2   TERMINATION OR TRANSFER PRIOR TO ENTRY DATE.  An Employee whose
employment is terminated or who is transferred to an employment classification
that is excluded from the definition of the term "Qualified Employee" after
satisfying the applicable service requirement under Section 2.1(A)(2) or (3)
but prior to the date he or she would first become eligible to participate in
the Plan for the corresponding purpose specified in Section 2.1(A)(2) or (3)
will, subject to Section 10.5, upon subsequent reemployment in, or retransfer
to, an employment classification included in the definition of "Qualified
Employee," be eligible to commence participation in the Plan for such purpose
as of the first day of the calendar quarter that falls on or next follows the
day he or she first completes an Hour of Service of the type specified at
Section 10.3(A)(1) as a Qualified Employee following the termination or
transfer.

2.3   TRANSFER TO OR AMONG PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS.  (A)  Notwithstanding
Section 2.1(A), an Employee who transfers employment from an Affiliated
Organization that is not a Participating Employer to a Participating Employer
and who, immediately prior to such transfer, was an active participant in a
profit sharing plan qualified under Code section 401(a) maintained by the
Affiliated Organization, is eligible to participate in the Plan for all
purposes as of the first day of the calendar quarter that falls on or next
follows the day he or she first completes an Hour of Service of the type
specified in Section 10.3(A)(1) as a Qualified Employee following such
transfer.


                                        2

<PAGE>

      (B)   A Participant who transfers from one Participating Employer to
another Participating Employer as a Qualified Employee will participate in the
Plan for the Plan Year during which the transfer occurs on the basis of his or
her separate Eligible Earnings from each Participating Employer.

2.4   MULTIPLE EMPLOYMENT.  A Participant who is simultaneously employed as
a Qualified Employee with more than one Participating Employer during a Plan
Year will participate in the Plan as a Qualified Employee of all such
Participating Employers on the basis of his or her separate Eligible Earnings
for the Plan Year from each such Participating Employer.

2.5   CEASING TO BE A QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE.  No contribution will be made by
or on behalf of a Participant after the Participant ceases to be a "Qualified
Employee," except for any contribution due on account of the portion of the
Plan Year preceding the cessation.  Such a Participant will, subject to
Section 10.5, be eligible to resume active participation in the Plan as of the
first day of the calendar quarter that falls on or next follows the day he or
she first completes an Hour of Service of the type specified in Section
10.3(A)(1) after reemployment as a Qualified Employee.

2.6   CONDITION OF PARTICIPATION.  Each Qualified Employee, as a condition
of participation, is bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and
must furnish to the Administrator such pertinent information and execute such
instruments as the Administrator may require.

2.7   TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.  A Participant will cease to be such as
of the later of the date on which

            (a)   he or she ceases to be a Qualified Employee, or

            (b)   all benefits, if any, to which he or she is entitled under
      this Plan have been distributed.


                                        3

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III
                               CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  (A)  Subject to the limitations of Article
IX, for each Plan Year the Participating Employer of each Participant who is
eligible to participate in the Plan for the purpose of having Pre-Tax
Contributions made on his or her behalf pursuant to Article II will make
Pre-Tax Contributions to the Trust on behalf of such Participant in the amount
by which the Participant's Eligible Earnings have been reduced in accordance
with the succeeding provisions of this section.  Pre-Tax Contributions will be
paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable after the date on which the
Participant would have otherwise received the Eligible Earnings with respect
to which such contribution is made.

      (B)   Except as provided in Subsection (C), a Participant's Eligible
Earnings will be reduced in accordance with the following rules:

            (1)   A Participant may elect to reduce his or her Eligible
      Earnings by any one percent increment from one percent to 15 percent,
      and the percentage so elected will automatically apply to the
      Participant's Eligible Earnings as adjusted from time to time.  Plan
      Rules may, however, specify a lower maximum percentage for Highly
      Compensated Employees.

            (2)   In conjunction with a Participant's entering or reentering
      the Plan pursuant to Article II, reduction of the Participant's Eligible
      Earnings will commence as of the first payroll period that begins at
      least 30 days (or such shorter period as Plan Rules may allow) after the
      Administrator receives the Participant's complete and accurate election
      in form prescribed by Plan Rules.  If, however, the election is not
      received until after the last day of the month during which the
      Participant enters or reenters the Plan, it will not be effective and
      commencement of Eligible Earnings reductions will be made in accordance
      with clause (3).

            (3)   If a Participant does not elect to commence reductions of
      his or her Eligible Earnings in conjunction with his or her entry or
      reentry into the Plan in accordance with clause (2), he or she may
      thereafter elect to have such reductions commence as of the first
      payroll period that begins on or after the first day of the calendar
      quarter that follows by at least 30 days (or such shorter period as Plan
      Rules may allow) the date on which the Administrator receives a complete
      and accurate election in form prescribed by Plan Rules.

            (4)   No Pre-Tax Contributions will be made on behalf of a
      Participant with respect to a period during which he or she is not a
      Qualified Employee.  Only Eligible Earnings payable after a
      Participant's election has been received and become effective will be
      reduced pursuant to the election.

            (5)   A Participant may change the percentage rate at which his or
      her Eligible Earnings will be reduced as of the first payroll period
      that begins on or after the first day of the calendar quarter that
      follows by at least 30 days (or such shorter period as Plan Rules may
      allow) the date on which the Administrator receives a complete and
      accurate notice of such change in form prescribed by Plan Rules.


                                        4

<PAGE>

            (6)   A Participant may suspend Eligible Earnings reductions
      beginning with the first payroll period that begins at least 30 days (or
      such shorter period as Plan Rules may allow) after the date on which the
      Administrator receives a complete and accurate notice of such suspension
      in form prescribed by Plan Rules.  Eligible Earnings reductions for any
      Participant who makes a hardship withdrawal under Section 6.1 will be
      automatically suspended for the 12-month period beginning on the date of
      the withdrawal distribution.

            (7)   A Participant whose Eligible Earnings reductions have ceased
      by reason of an automatic or voluntary suspension may, after the
      restoration of eligibility or the end of the suspension period, resume
      Eligible Earnings reductions by submitting a notice of change in
      accordance with paragraph (5).

      (C)   In addition to Eligible Earnings reductions on a continuing
payroll period basis pursuant to Subsection (B), a Participant may elect, in
accordance with, and subject to any limitations specified in, Plan Rules, a
percentage reduction with respect to any bonus payments to which a Participant
is otherwise entitled.

      (D)   Participants' Eligible Earnings will be reduced in accordance with
uniform procedures established by the Administrator.  If any election or
notice submitted by a Participant to the Administrator is not processed on a
timely basis or if, for any reason, a Participant's Eligible Earnings are not
reduced in accordance with the Participant's election, no retroactive
adjustments of the Participant's Eligible Earnings reductions will be made to
take into account the effect of any such delay or failure.  A Participant may,
however, elect to reduce his or her Eligible Earnings payable during any
remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the delay or failure occurred at
more than the otherwise applicable percentage to adjust for the effect of such
delay or failure so long as the total reductions for the Plan Year do not
exceed the applicable maximum percentage.

3.2   PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.  (A)  Each Participating Employer may,
but is not required to, make a Profit Sharing Contribution to the Trust for
any Plan Year in such amount, if any, as determined by the Participating
Employer's Board.

      (B)   To be eligible to share in a Participating Employer's Profit
Sharing Contribution for a particular Plan Year, a Participant must have

            (1)   entered the Plan as a Participant for the purpose of being
      eligible to share in the allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions for
      the Plan Year pursuant to Article II,

            (2)   been a Qualified Employee of the Participating Employer
      during the Plan Year,

            (3)   completed at least 1000 Hours of Service during the Plan
      Year or, in the case of either

                  (a) a Qualified Employee who, during the Plan Year, first
            entered the Plan for the purpose of being eligible to share in the
            allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions, or

                  (b) a former Participant who terminated his or her
            employment and was rehired as a Qualified Employee during such
            Plan Year,

                                        5

<PAGE>

      either completed at least 1000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year
      or, during the period beginning on the date on which he or she entered
      or reentered the Plan as a Participant during such Plan Year and ending
      on the last day of the Plan Year, completed at least the number of Hours
      of Service equal to the product of 1000 multiplied by a fraction, the
      numerator of which is the number of full months from such entry or
      reentry date to the last day of the Plan Year and the denominator of
      which is 12, and

            (4)   been either actively employed by an Affiliated Organization
      on the last day of the Plan Year or absent from active employment in
      connection with

                  (a)   a leave authorized by an Affiliated Organization for
            any cause for the authorized period or, in the absence of an
            authorized period, for 90 days, plus any extensions granted by the
            Affiliated Organization,

                  (b)   any circumstances (whether or not he or she has
            terminated employment) so long as the Participant continues to
            receive his or her regular compensation from an Affiliated
            Organization for the period extending to or beyond the last day of
            the Plan Year,

                  (c)   service in the armed forces of the United States or
            other government service in time of war or national emergency, or

                  (d)   illness or disability.

      (C)   Subject to the limitations of Article IX, each eligible
Participant's allocated share of his or her Participating Employer's Profit
Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year will bear the same ratio to the
Participating Employer's total Profit Sharing Contribution as such
Participant's Eligible Earnings for the Plan Year bear to the aggregate
Eligible Earnings of all Participants who share in such Profit Sharing
Contribution for the Plan Year.

      (D)   Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, will be paid to the Trustee
on such date or dates as the Participating Employer may elect during or
following the Plan Year for which they are made; provided, first, that the
total amount of any such Profit Sharing Contributions for a particular Plan
Year will be paid in full on or before the date required for filing the
employer's federal income tax return for its fiscal year ending with or within
the Plan Year, or such date as duly extended; and, second, that the
Participating Employer will either

            (1)   designate the payment in writing to the Trustee as a payment
      on account of such fiscal year, or

            (2)   claim such payment as a deduction on its federal income tax
      return for such fiscal year.

      (E)   Any Profit Sharing Contribution made prior to completion of the
allocation of such contribution among Participants eligible to share in the
contribution will be carried in a suspense account until the allocation is
made, but the allocation, when made, will be made as of the last day of the
Plan Year for which such contribution is made.  The Trustee will invest the
suspense account in accordance with the directions of the Committee, and any
earnings or losses will be allocated in the same manner as the contribution.


                                        6

<PAGE>

3.3   ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS.  (A)  A Participant may, with the prior
consent of the Administrator, contribute to the Trust, within 60 days of
receipt,

            (1)   the balance of an individual retirement account to which the
      only contributions have been one or more "eligible rollover
      distributions," within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4), from a
      plan qualified under Code section 401(a), or

            (2)   an eligible rollover distribution from such a qualified
      plan.

      (B)   With the prior consent of the Administrator, a Participant's
accounts under another plan qualified under Code section 401(a) may be
transferred directly to the Trust.  Other than in connection with an
acquisition, such a transfer will not be permitted if, as a result of the
transfer, the Plan would be required to provide any option with respect to the
form or time of distribution or any other right, benefit or feature not
available under the Plan prior to the transfer.

      (C)   Other than in connection with an acquisition, any contribution or
transfer to the Trust pursuant to Subsection (A) or (B) must be made in cash
and will be credited to the Participant's Rollover Account.

3.4   CORRECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  For any Plan Year a Participating Employer
may, but is not required to, contribute to the Profit Sharing Contribution
Accounts of Qualified Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees, or
any group of such Qualified Employees, such amounts as it deems advisable to
assist the Plan in satisfying the requirements of Section 9.2 or other
applicable requirements under the Code and Treasury Regulations for such Plan
Year.  Such contributions will be allocated among such Accounts in proportion
to the Qualified Employees' Eligible Earnings, in proportion to the Pre-Tax
Contributions made for such Qualified Employees or in equal shares, as the
Participating Employer directs at the time such contribution is made.



                                        7

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                        TRUSTEE'S ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION

4.1   ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  The following Accounts will be established and
maintained for each Participant:

            (a)   Pre-Tax Contribution Account, to which any Pre-Tax
      Contributions made on the Participant's behalf will be added;

            (b)   Profit Sharing Contribution Account, to which any Profit
      Sharing Contributions made on the Participant's behalf will be added;
      and

            (c)   Rollover Account, to which any rollover or trust-to-trust
      transfer made by or on behalf of the Participant will be added.

One or more additional accounts may be established for any Participant or
group of similarly situated Participants in connection with a merger of
another plan into the Plan, in which case provisions of the Plan applicable to
such Accounts will be set forth on an exhibit to the Plan in accordance with
Section 14.1(B).

4.2   VALUATION AND ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENT.  (A)  As of the close of business
on each Valuation Date, each Participant's Accounts within each investment
fund established pursuant to Section 5.1 will be separately adjusted in a
uniform and equitable manner for income, expense, gains and losses of the
investment fund since the last prior adjustment.

      (B)   The Committee may from time to time cause Participants' Accounts
to be adjusted on any interim Valuation Date where the Committee deems such
adjustment to be necessary to prevent inequitable results because of
extraordinary increases or decreases in the value of the Fund since the last
preceding Valuation Date or other events.

4.3   ADJUSTMENT ACCOUNTING.  The adjustments made under Section 4.2 will
be set forth in the accounting rendered as of the Valuation Date for which
they were made.

4.4   ALLOCATIONS DO NOT CREATE RIGHTS.  The fact that allocations are made
and credited to the Accounts of a Participant will not vest in the Participant
any right, title or interest in or to any portion of the Fund except at the
time or times and upon the terms and conditions expressly set forth in the
Plan.  Notwithstanding any allocation or credit to the Account of any
Participant, the issuance of any statement to the Participant or the
distribution of all or any portion of a Participant's Account balance, the
Administrator may direct the Participant's Account to be adjusted to the
extent necessary to correct any error in such Account, whether caused by a
misapplication of any provision of the Plan or otherwise, and may recover from
the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary the amount of any excess
distribution.  Any such adjustment will be made within a reasonable time after
the error is discovered.


                                        8

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE V
                      PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTION

5.1  ESTABLISHMENT OF INVESTMENT FUNDS.  (A)  In order to allow each
Participant to determine the manner in which his or her Accounts will be
invested, the Trustee will maintain, within the Trust, three or more separate
investment funds of such nature and possessing such characteristics as the
Committee may specify from time to time.  Each Participant's Accounts will be
invested in the investment funds in the proportions directed by the
Participant in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.2.  The
Committee may, from time to time, direct the Trustee to establish additional
investment funds or terminate any existing investment fund.

      (B)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
the Committee may direct the Trustee to suspend Participant investment
activity (including such activity in connection with the withdrawals and
distributions) in any or all investment funds, or impose special rules or
restrictions of uniform application, for a period determined by the Committee
to be necessary in connection with

            (1)   the establishment or termination of any investment fund,

            (2)   the receipt by the Trustee from, or transfer by the Trustee
      to, another trust of account balances pursuant to Section 3.3 or 8.7 in
      connection with an acquisition or divestiture or otherwise,

            (3)   a change of Trustee or investment manager, or

            (4)   such other circumstances determined by the Committee as
      making such suspension or special rules or restrictions necessary or
      appropriate.

5.2   INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS.  (A)  Each new Participant will direct the
manner in which contributions to his or her Accounts will be invested among
the investment funds maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.  Investment
directions must be made in five percent increments and may be made separately
with respect to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account and with
respect to the aggregate of his or her Profit Sharing Contribution and
Rollover Accounts.  Each direction must be made, in accordance with Plan
Rules, in conjunction with the Participant's enrollment in the Plan.  To the
extent a Participant fails to direct Account investments, the Accounts will be
invested in accordance with Plan Rules.

      (B)   A Participant may direct a change in the manner in which his or
her Accounts will be invested among the investment funds maintained pursuant
to Section 5.1.  Such a direction will be subject to the rules set forth in
Subsection (A), and will be effective as of the first day of the calendar
quarter that begins at least 30 days (or such shorter period as the Plan Rules
may allow) after the date on which the Trustee receives direction from the
Participant in accordance with Plan Rules.

      (C)   Contributions or transfers made prior to a date on which they may
be invested in the investment fund directed by the Participant will be
invested in short-term investments until such date, at which time the
contributions will be invested in the appropriate investment fund or funds in
accordance with the Participants' directions.  Any income realized from such
short-term


                                        9

<PAGE>


investments will be allocated in a uniform and equitable manner among the
investment funds in which such contributions are invested.

      (D)   Plan Rules will include procedures that provide Participants with
the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of investment directions made
pursuant to this section.

5.3   INVESTMENT DIRECTION RESPONSIBILITY RESIDES WITH PARTICIPANTS.
Neither the Administrator, the Trustee nor any Affiliated Organization has any
authority, discretion, responsibility or liability with respect to a
Participant's selection of the investment funds in which his or her Accounts
will be invested, the entire authority, discretion and responsibility for, and
any results attributable to, the selection being that of the Participant.

5.4   BENEFICIARIES AND ALTERNATE PAYEES.  Solely for purposes of this
article, the term "Participant" includes the Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant and an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order
within the meaning of Code section 414(p) unless otherwise provided in such
order, but only after

            (1)   the Administrator has determined the identity of the
      Beneficiary and the amount of the Account balance to which he or she is
      entitled in the case of a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, or

            (2)   the Administrator has, in accordance with Plan Rules, made a
      final determination that the order is a qualified domestic relations
      order and all rights to contest such determination in a court of
      competent jurisdiction within the time prescribed by Plan Rules have
      expired or been exhausted in the case of an alternate payee.


                                        10

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VI
                       WITHDRAWALS DURING EMPLOYMENT

6.1   HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS FROM PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  (A)  Subject
to the provisions of Section 6.3, a Participant may withdraw from his or her
Pre-Tax Contribution Account an amount not in excess of the lesser of (1) the
balance of the Account as of the Valuation Date that last precedes the date of
distribution by at least 45 days (or such shorter period as Plan Rules may
allow) or (2) the balance of the Account on December 31, 1988 increased by the
amount of Pre-Tax Contributions added to the Account after December 31, 1988
and reduced by the amount of any withdrawals from the Account after December
31, 1988 on account of hardship.  Such withdrawal will be made only if the
Administrator determines that the distribution is made on account of an
immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and is necessary to
satisfy such financial need.

      (B)   The existence of an immediate and heavy financial need will be
made by the Administrator on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances
demonstrating that a need exists to enable the Participant to secure or
maintain a livelihood or provide for the needs of his or her spouse or
dependent (as described in Code section 152).  A distribution will be deemed
to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need, however, if it
is determined by the Administrator to be on account of:

            (1)   expenses for medical care, described in Code section 213(d),
      incurred or to be incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse
      or the Participant's dependent (as described in Code section 152);

            (2)   costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage
      payments) of a principal residence of the Participant;

            (3)   payment of tuition and related educational expenses for the
      next year of post-secondary education for the Participant or his or her
      spouse, child or other dependent; or

            (4)   payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
      Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure of the
      mortgage on the Participant's principal residence.

      (C)   A distribution will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy the
immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the
Administrator determines that each of the following requirements is satisfied.

            (1)   The distribution is not in excess of the sum of the amount
      of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant plus, if
      elected by the Participant, the amount necessary to pay any federal,
      state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated by the
      Administrator to result from the distribution.

            (2)   The Participant has received all withdrawals and has taken
      all nontaxable loans available under all qualified plans maintained by
      any Affiliated Organization.

            (3)   All Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and all elective
      deferrals and after-tax employee contributions by or on behalf of the
      Participant under any other qualified or nonqualified plan of deferred
      compensation (including stock option, stock purchase and


                                        11

<PAGE>

      similar plans) maintained by any Affiliated Organization are suspended
      for a period of 12 months following the date of the distribution.

            (4)   For the Participant's taxable year following the taxable
      year during which he or she received the distribution, the amount of
      Pre-Tax Contributions under the Plan and elective contributions that may
      be made on the Participant's behalf pursuant to Code section 402(g)
      under any other qualified plan maintained by any Affiliated Organization
      will be reduced by the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions and such other
      elective contributions made on the Participant's behalf for the taxable
      year during which he or she received the distribution.

      (D)   The Administrator's determination of the existence of a
Participant's financial hardship and the amount that may be withdrawn to
satisfy the need created by such hardship will be made in accordance with
Treasury Regulations, and will be final and binding on the Participant. Such
withdrawal distribution will be made as soon as administratively practicable
following the Administrator's determination that a financial hardship exists.
The Administrator may require the  Participant to make representations and
certifications concerning his or her entitlement to a withdrawal pursuant to
this section and is entitled to rely on such representations and
certifications unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to the contrary.
The Administrator will not be obligated to supervise or otherwise verify that
amounts withdrawn are applied in the manner specified in the Participant's
withdrawal application.

6.2  WITHDRAWALS FROM PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT AFTER AGE 59-1/2.
Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, a Participant who has attained age
59-1/2 may withdraw all or any portion of his or her Pre-Tax Contribution
Account balance as of the Valuation Date that last precedes the date of
distribution by at least 45 days (or such shorter period as Plan Rules may
allow).  Such withdrawal distribution will be made as soon as administratively
practicable following the date of the Administrator's determination that the
Participant is entitled to the withdrawal.

6.3  RULES FOR WITHDRAWALS.  (A)  Any withdrawal from a Participant's
Pre-Tax Contribution Account reduces the balance of the Account and the
Account will thereafter share in income, expense, gains and losses of the Fund
on the basis of the reduced balance.

      (B)   A withdrawal distribution will be made only upon the Participant's
application made in accordance with Plan Rules.

      (C)   The Participant's withdrawal application may specify the
investment fund or funds from which the withdrawal is to be made and the
relative amounts to be withdrawn from such funds, and the Trustee will make
the distribution in accordance with such specifications.  If the withdrawal
application does not otherwise specify, the withdrawal will be made from each
investment fund in which the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account is
then invested on a pro rata basis.

      (D)   The provisions of Section 8.7(A) will apply to any withdrawal
distribution that constitutes an "eligible rollover distribution" within the
meaning of Code section 402(c)(4).

6.4  NO WITHDRAWALS FROM PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION OR ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS.
Except as provided in Sections 8.1 and 8.8, in no case may a Participant make
a withdrawal from his or her Profit Sharing Contribution Account or Rollover
Account while employed with an Affiliated Organization.


                                        12

<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE VII
                                  VESTING

7.1  FULL AND IMMEDIATE VESTING.  Each Participant always has a fully
vested, nonforfeitable interest in his or her Accounts.


                                        13

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                      DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER TERMINATION

8.1   FORM AND TIME OF DISTRIBUTION.  (A)  Following a Participant's
termination of employment or earlier attainment of age 70-1/2, the Trustee
will distribute to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to his or
her Beneficiary, the balance of the Participant's Accounts.  The amount of any
distribution made in the form of a lump sum payment will be equal to the
aggregate balance of the Participant's Accounts as of the Valuation Date that
coincides with or last precedes the distribution date.  If a lump sum
distribution is made prior to the completion of the valuation as of such
Valuation Date, the distribution may be made in two payments, one preceding
the completion of the valuation and one following as soon as administratively
practicable thereafter, in accordance with Plan Rules.  Subject to the
remaining subsections of this Section 8.1 and Sections 8.7 and 8.8,
distributions will be made in accordance with the following provisions.

            (1)   If the aggregate balance of the Participant's Accounts at
      the time of the distribution is not more than $3500, distribution to the
      Participant will be made, in the form of a lump sum cash payment, as
      soon as administratively practicable following the Participant's
      termination of employment.  This clause will not apply, however, if the
      Participant's Account balance exceeded $3500 at the time of any previous
      distribution.

            (2)   If clause (1) does not apply, distribution to the
      Participant will be made or commence, in the form of a lump sum cash
      payment or installment cash payments, according to the Participant's
      election, on or as soon as administratively practicable after a date
      specified by the Participant.  If the Participant terminates employment
      before attaining age 62, distribution to the Participant must be made or
      commence not later than the date on which the Participant attains age
      65.  If the Participant had attained age 62 when he or she terminated
      employment, distribution to the Participant must be made or commence not
      later than the date determined under Subsection (C)(1) unless the
      Participant elects to defer the distribution in the manner described in
      Subsection (B).

            (3)   If the aggregate balance of a Participant's Accounts at the
      time of his or her death is not more than $3500, distribution to the
      Participant's Beneficiary will be made, in the form of a lump sum cash
      payment, as soon as administratively practicable following the
      Administrator's receipt of notice of the Participant's death.  If the
      foregoing sentence does not apply, distribution to the Participant's
      Beneficiary will be made at such time or times and in such manner as the
      Beneficiary elects in accordance with Subsection (E).

      (B)   Subject to the provisions of the other subsections of this Section
8.1, a Participant described in clause (2) of Subsection (A) who has attained
age 62 when he or she terminates employment may elect to defer commencement of
his or her distribution under the Plan by providing to the Administrator, by a
date determined in accordance with Plan Rules, a written, signed statement
describing whether the benefit is to be distributed in the form of a lump sum
payment or installment payments and specifying the date on which the payment
is to be made or commence; provided, that distribution to the Participant must
be made or commence not later than the April 1 of the calendar year following
the calendar year during which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.  Plan Rules
may permit a Participant to modify any election in any manner determined by
the Administrator to be consistent with Code section 401(a)(14) and Treasury
Regulations thereunder and the other provisions of this Section 8.1.



                                        14

<PAGE>

      (C)   Except as provided in Subsection (B), distribution to the
Participant will be made, or in the case of installment payments will
commence, not later than the earlier of -

            (1)   The sixtieth day following the close of the Plan Year during
      which there occurs the later of -

                  (a)   the date of his or her termination of employment,

                  (b)   his or her sixty-fifth birthday, or

                  (c)   the tenth anniversary of the Plan Year in which he or
            she commenced participation in the Plan; or

            (2)   April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
      during which he or she attains age 70-1/2, except that this clause does
      not apply to any Participant who attained age 70-1/2 before January 1,
      1988 and who is not a "five-percent owner" as defined in Treasury
      Regulations under Code section 401(a)(9).

      (D)   If a distribution is to be made in installments, such installments
will be substantially equal in amount and paid on a quarterly, semi-annual or
annual basis, for a period not extending beyond either the Participant's life
expectancy or the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's
Beneficiary; and, if the Participant's Beneficiary is not the Participant's
spouse, the period over which such payments are to be made will be determined
by reference to the applicable table of joint life expectancies set forth in
Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, not
more than once each Plan Year, a Participant who is receiving installment
payments may elect, in accordance with Plan Rules, to either increase the
amount of the installment payments or to receive a lump sum payment of all or
a portion of the amount by which his or her Account balances as of the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the date on which such distribution is
made exceeds the aggregate amount of installment payments made to the
Participant since Valuation Date.  Prior to April 1 of the calendar year
following the calendar year during which the Participant attains age 70-1/2,
the Participant may elect, in writing to the Administrator, whether the life
expectancies for the Participant and the Participant's spouse are to be
recalculated on an annual basis for purposes of determining the amount of each
installment payment.  Any such election will become irrevocable as of the date
specified above.  If no such election is made, the life expectancies of the
Participant and the Participant's spouse will not be recalculated on an annual
basis.

      (E)   If a Participant dies before receiving the full amount to which he
or she is entitled, the amount remaining will be distributed to the
Participant's Beneficiary at such time or times and in such manner as the
Beneficiary elects, subject, however to the following rules -

            (1)   If the Participant dies after April 1 of the calendar year
      following the calendar year during which he or she attains age 70-1/2,
      the distribution will be made to the Beneficiary at a rate that would
      result in the benefit being distributed at least as rapidly as if
      distribution were made at the same rate as was in effect immediately
      prior to the Participant's death.


                                        15

<PAGE>

            (2)   If the Participant dies before April 1 of the calendar year
      following the calendar year during which he or she attains age 70-1/2,
      the distribution will, at the Beneficiary's election, be made either -

                  (a)   in its entirety no later than December 31 of the
            calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of
            the Participant's death, or

                  (b)   in installments, commencing no later than December 31
            of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
            which the Participant died (unless the Beneficiary is the
            Participant's spouse, in which case payments will begin no later
            than the later of the date specified above or December 31 of the
            calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age
            70-1/2 had he or she lived), and being paid over a period not
            exceeding the Beneficiary's remaining life expectancy (as
            determined on the basis of the Beneficiary's age as of the date on
            which payments are required to commence under this clause (2) and,
            if the Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, as redetermined on
            an annual basis).

A Beneficiary's election with respect to the time and manner in which any
amount remaining at the Participant's death will be distributed must be made
no later than the earlier of the dates set forth in clause 2(a) and (b) above,
and is irrevocable following such date.  If the Beneficiary fails to make an
election under clause (2), distribution will be made in the manner set forth
at clause (2)(a).  If the Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and dies
after the Participant's death but before distributions to such spouse have
commenced, the foregoing rules will be applied as if the surviving spouse were
the Participant, including the substitution of the surviving spouse's date of
death for the Participant's date of death; provided that the alternative
commencement date in clause (2)(b) relating to the date on which the
Participant would have attained age 70-1/2 had he or she lived will not be
available.

      (F)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
distributions will be made in accordance with Treasury Regulations issued
under Code section 401(a)(9), including Treasury Regulation section
1.401(a)(9)-2, and any provisions of the Plan reflecting Code section
401(a)(9) take precedence over any distribution options that are inconsistent
with Code section 401(a)(9).

8.2   BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.  (A)  (1)  Each Participant may designate,
      upon forms furnished by the Administrator, one or more persons to be
      primary Beneficiaries or alternative Beneficiaries for all or a
      specified fractional part of his or her aggregate Accounts and may
      change or revoke any such designation from time to time.  No such
      designation, change or revocation will be effective unless executed by
      the Participant and received by the Administrator during the
      Participant's lifetime.  Except as provided in Subsection (B), no such
      change or revocation will require the consent of any person.

            (2)   If a Participant

                  (a)   fails to designate a Beneficiary, or

                  (b)   revokes a Beneficiary designation without naming
            another Beneficiary, or



                                        16

<PAGE>

                  (c)   designates as Beneficiaries one or more persons none
            of whom survives the Participant,

      for all or any portion of the Participant's Accounts, such Accounts or
      portion will be distributed to the first class of the following classes
      of automatic Beneficiaries that includes a member surviving the
      Participant:

                  Participant's spouse;
                  Participant's issue, per stirpes and not per capita;
                  Participant's parents;
                  Participant's brothers and sisters;
                  Representative of Participant's estate.

            (3)   When used in this section and, unless the designation
      otherwise specifies, when used in a Beneficiary designation:  the term
      "per stirpes" means in equal shares among living children and the issue
      (taken collectively) of each deceased child, with such issue taking by
      right of representation; "children" means issue of the first generation;
      and "issue" means all persons who are descended from the person referred
      to, either by legitimate birth or legal adoption.  The automatic
      Beneficiaries specified above and, unless the designation otherwise
      specifies, the Beneficiaries designated by the Participant, will become
      fixed as of the Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives
      the Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such
      Beneficiary, any remaining payments will be made to the representative
      of such Beneficiary's estate.  Any designation of a Beneficiary by name
      that is accompanied by a description of relationship or only by
      statement of relationship to the Participant will be effective only to
      designate the person or persons standing in such relationship to the
      Participant at the Participant's death.

      (B)   Notwithstanding Subsection (A), no designation of a Beneficiary
other than the Participant's spouse will be effective unless such spouse
consents to the designation.  Any such consent will be effective only with
respect to the Beneficiary or class of Beneficiaries so designated and only
with respect to the spouse who so consented.

8.3   ASSIGNMENT, ALIENATION OF BENEFITS.  (A)  Except as required under a
qualified domestic relations order, no benefit under the Plan may in any
manner be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged,
encumbered or charged, and any attempt to do so will be void; and no such
benefit will in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled to such benefit.

      (B)   To the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations order,
distribution of benefits assigned to an alternate payee by such order may be
distributed to the alternate payee prior to the Participant's earliest
retirement age.  The terms "qualified domestic relations order," "alternate
payee" and "earliest retirement age" have the meanings given in Code section
414(p).

8.4   PAYMENT IN EVENT OF INCAPACITY.  If any person entitled to receive
any payment under the Plan is physically, mentally, or legally incapable of
receiving or acknowledging receipt of the payment, and no legal representative
has been appointed for such person, the Administrator in his or her discretion
may (but will not be required to) cause any sum otherwise payable to such
person to be paid to any one or more as may be chosen by the Administrator
from the following: the Beneficiaries, if any, designated by such person, the
institution maintaining such person, a custodian


                                        17

<PAGE>

for such person under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act of any state or such
person's spouse, children, parents or other relatives by blood or marriage.
Any payment so made will be a complete discharge of all liability under the
Plan with respect to any such payment.

8.5   PAYMENT SATISFIES CLAIMS.  Any payment to or for the benefit of any
Participant, legal representative or Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan will, to the extent of such payment, be in full
satisfaction of all claims against the Trustee, the Administrator and the
Participating Employer, any of whom may require the payee to execute a
receipted release as a condition precedent to such payment.

8.6   DISPOSITION IF DISTRIBUTEE CANNOT BE LOCATED.  If the Administrator
is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary to whom a distribution is
due, the Participant's Accounts will continue to be held in the Fund until
such time as the Administrator has located the Participant or Beneficiary or
the Participant or Beneficiary makes a proper claim for the benefit, as the
case may be; provided, that, any Accounts not claimed within the period
prescribed by applicable escheat laws will be paid to such governmental
authorities, in such manner, as is specified in such laws.

8.7   DIRECT ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS.  (A)  To the extent a distribution
on or after December 31, 1992, is an "eligible rollover distribution," within
the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4), the Administrator will, if so
instructed by the distributee in accordance with Plan Rules, direct the
Trustee to make the distribution to an "eligible retirement plan," within the
meaning of Code section 402(c)(8).  The foregoing provision will not apply if
the aggregate taxable distributions to be made to the distributee during the
calendar year are less than $200 or, if less than the entire taxable amount of
the distribution is to be distributed to the eligible retirement plan, such
amount is less than $500.

      (B)   The Administrator may, in conjunction with the sale by an
Affiliated Organization of all or a portion of a business operation of the
Affiliated Organization, direct the Trustee to make a trust-to-trust transfer
of the balance of any or all of the Accounts of a Participant who is employed
with the purchaser of such business operation or an affiliate thereof, to the
trustee of a plan sponsored by such purchaser or affiliate, provided

            (1)   such other plan is qualified under Code section 401(a),

            (2)   such other plan satisfies the withdrawal requirements set
      forth in Code section 401(k) with respect to such transferred Accounts
      to which such requirements are applicable under the Plan, and

            (3)   such trustee is willing to accept such transfer.

8.8   SUSPENSION OF DISTRIBUTIONS FOLLOWING REEMPLOYMENT. If a Participant
who is receiving a distribution of his or her Accounts in connection with his
or her termination of employment is reemployed by a Participating Employer as
a Qualified Employee, the distribution of the pre-termination Account balances
will continue during each month of such reemployment unless he or she has
elected, in form prescribed by Plan Rules, to have the distribution cease, in
which case the undistributed remainder of his or her Accounts will continue as
a part of the Trust for his or her benefit until he or she again becomes
entitled to receive a distribution.


                                        18

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE IX
                          CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

9.1   PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION.  The aggregate amount of
Pre-Tax Contributions and other "elective deferrals" (within the meaning of
the Code section 402(g)(3)) under any other qualified plan maintained by any
Affiliated Organization with respect to a Participant for any taxable year of
the Participant may not exceed $7000 (automatically adjusted for increases in
the cost of living in accordance with Treasury Regulations).  The limitation
for any Participant who received a hardship distribution under Section 6.1
will, for the year following the year in which such distribution was made, be
reduced as provided in Section 6.1(C)(4).  If the foregoing limitation is
exceeded for any taxable year of the Participant, the amount of Pre-Tax
Contributions in excess of such limitation, increased by Fund earnings or
decreased by Fund losses attributable to the excess, will be returned to the
Participant.  Such distribution may be made at any time after the excess
contributions are received, but not later than April 15 of the taxable year
following the taxable year to which such limitation relates.  The amount
returned to a Participant who has made elective deferrals for the taxable year
other than pursuant to Section 3.1 will, to the extent of such other elective
deferrals, be determined in accordance with written allocation instructions
received by the Administrator from the Participant not later than March 1 of
the taxable year following the taxable year with respect to which the Pre-Tax
Contributions were made.  The amount of Fund earnings or losses attributable
to Pre-Tax Contributions returned to a Participant pursuant to this Section
will be determined in the manner specified in Section 9.3.

9.2   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE LIMITATIONS. (A)  Notwithstanding Section
3.1, for any Plan Year, Pre-Tax Contributions may be made on behalf of
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees only if the requirements of
Code section 401(k)(3), as set forth in Subsection (B), are satisfied.  To the
extent deemed necessary by the Administrator in order to comply with such
requirements, the Administrator may, in accordance with Plan Rules,
prospectively decrease the rate at which a Participant's Eligible Earnings
will be reduced.

      (B)   (1)   The requirements of Code section 401(k)(3) will be satisfied
      for any Plan Year if, for that Plan Year, the Plan satisfies the
      requirements of Code section 410(b)(1) with respect to "eligible
      Employees" and either of the following tests.

                  (a)   The "actual deferral percentage" for eligible
            Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than
            the product of the actual deferral percentage for all other
            eligible Employees, multiplied by one and one-quarter.

                  (b)   The excess of the actual deferral percentage for
            eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees over the
            actual deferral percentage for all other eligible Employees is not
            more than two percentage points and the actual deferral percentage
            for such Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the product
            of the actual deferral percentage of all other eligible Employees,
            multiplied by two.

            (2)   For purposes of this subsection,

                  (a)   "eligible Employee" means a Qualified Employee who is
            eligible to have Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf
            for the Plan Year in question or would be so eligible but for a
            suspension imposed under Section 6.1(C)(3); and


                                        19

<PAGE>

                  (b)   "actual deferral percentage," with respect to either
            of the two groups of eligible Employees referenced above, is the
            average of the ratios, calculated separately for each eligible
            Employee in the particular group of the amount of Pre-Tax
            Contributions made on the eligible Employee's behalf for that Plan
            Year, to the Employee's Testing Wages for either the Plan Year or
            the portion of the Plan Year during which he or she was an
            eligible Employee, as specified in Plan Rules.  In computing the
            actual deferral percentage, the following rules will apply.

                        (i)   If aggregation of Testing Wages and Pre-Tax
                  Contributions is required under Section 12.16(C) and
                  12.31(C), the actual deferral percentage of the Highly
                  Compensated Employee to whom the aggregate amounts are
                  attributed is the actual deferral percentage determined for
                  the group of all eligible family members, treating such
                  group as a single eligible Employee.

                        (ii)  If any eligible Employee is required to be
                  aggregated with more than one family group under Section
                  12.16(C), all the groups with which such Employee is
                  aggregated will be treated as a single family group.

                        (iii) Any Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of an
                  eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee
                  that are in excess of the limitation of Section 9.1 will be
                  excluded.

                        (iv)  Any Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of an
                  eligible Employee that are distributed to the eligible
                  Employee pursuant to Section 9.4(C) or 9.5(D) will be
                  excluded.

                        (v)   To the extent determined by the Administrator,
                  all or any portion of the Profit Sharing Contribution for
                  the Plan Year on behalf of all, or any similarly situated
                  group of, eligible Employees will be included.

                        (vi)  Elective contributions under any other plan that
                  is aggregated with this Plan to satisfy the requirements of
                  Code section 410(b) will be included.

                        (vii) To the extent provided in Treasury Regulations,
                  elective contributions made under any other cash or deferred
                  arrangement of any Affiliated Organization on behalf of any
                  eligible Employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee will
                  be included.

      (C)   If, for any Plan Year, the requirements of Subsection (B) are not
satisfied, the Administrator will determine the amount by which Pre-Tax
Contributions made on behalf of each Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan
Year exceeds the permissible amount as determined under Subsection (B).  The
determination will be made by successively decreasing the rate of Eligible
Earnings reductions for Highly Compensated Employees who, during the Plan
Year, had the greatest percentage of Eligible Earnings reductions made on
their behalf, to the next lower percentage, then again decreasing the
percentage of such Highly Compensated Employees Eligible Earnings reductions,
together with the percentage of Eligible Earnings reductions of such Highly
Compensated Employees who were already at such lower percentage, to the next
lower percentage,


                                        20

<PAGE>

and continuing such procedure for as many percentage decreases as the
Administrator deems necessary.  The Administrator may, in his or her
discretion, make such reductions in any amount, in lieu of one percent
increments.

      (D)   At such time as the Administrator specifies on or following the
last day of the Plan Year for which such determination is made, but in no case
later than the last day of the following Plan Year, the excess will be
corrected by taking either or both of the following steps.

            (1)   The amount of excess Pre-Tax Contributions so determined,
      increased by Fund earnings or decreased by Fund losses attributable to
      such excess as determined under Section 9.3, will be returned to each
      such Highly Compensated Employee.  The amount to be returned pursuant to
      the foregoing sentence with respect to any Plan Year will be reduced by
      the portion of the amount, if any, distributed pursuant to Section 9.1
      that is attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions that relate to such Plan
      Year, determined by assuming that Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of the
      limitation described in Section 9.1 for a given taxable year are the
      first contributions made for a Plan Year falling within such taxable
      year.

            (2)   The Participating Employer will make an additional
      contribution for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.4.

      (E)   Any excess amount determined under Subsection (C) for a Highly
Compensated Employee whose actual deferral percentage is determined under item
(i) of Subsection (B)(2)(b) will be allocated among all persons whose
contributions are aggregated to determine such percentage in proportion to the
amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of each with respect to the
Plan Year.

9.3   EARNINGS ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.  The amount of Fund earnings or
losses with respect to the excess amount of contributions returned to a Highly
Compensated Employee pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this article is
an amount equal to the product of the total earnings or losses for the
Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the Plan Year, multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the excess amount of contributions made on
the Participant's behalf to such Account for the Plan Year, and the
denominator of which is the closing balance of such Account for the Plan Year,
decreased by the amount of earnings credited to that Account, or increased by
the amount of losses debited to that Account, for the Plan Year.

9.4   AGGREGATE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.  (A)  Notwithstanding any
contrary provisions of this Plan, there will not be allocated to any
Participant's Accounts for a Plan Year any amount that would cause the
aggregate "annual additions," with respect to the Participant for the Plan
Year to exceed the lesser of:

            (1)   $30,000 (or, if greater, one-fourth of the dollar limitation
      in effect under Code section 415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year during
      which the Plan Year in question begins); and

            (2)   25 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Wages for the
      Plan Year.

      (B)   For purposes of Subsection (A), the "annual additions" with
respect to a Participant for a Plan Year are the sum of -



                                        21

<PAGE>

            (1)   the aggregate amount of Pre-Tax and Profit Sharing
      Contributions allocated to the Participant's Accounts under the Plan for
      the Plan Year (including any Pre-Tax Contributions that are distributed
      pursuant to Section 9.2, but excluding any Pre-Tax Contributions in
      excess of the limitation of Section 9.1 that are distributed to the
      Participant by the April 15 following the Plan Year to which such
      contributions relate) and employer contributions, employee contributions
      and forfeitures allocated to the Participant's accounts under any other
      qualified defined contribution plan maintained by any Affiliated
      Organization for the Plan Year; plus

            (2)   the amount, if any, attributable to post-retirement medical
      benefits that is allocated to a separate account for the Participant as
      a "key employee" (as defined in Section 14.3(C)), to the extent required
      under Code section 419A(d)(1).

      (C)   (1)  If the Administrator, in his or her discretion, determines
      that the limitation under Subsection (A) would otherwise be exceeded for
      a Plan Year, to the extent necessary to prevent such excess from
      occurring, the amount of a Participant's Eligible Earnings reductions
      and Pre-Tax Contributions will be prospectively reduced.

            (2)   If a further reduction is required, the amount of the Profit
      Sharing Contribution that would otherwise be allocated to the
      Participants' Profit Sharing Contribution Account will be reduced to the
      extent necessary to prevent the limitation under Subsection (A) from
      being exceeded and such amount will be allocated among other
      Participants who are Qualified Employees of the Participating Employer
      of the Participant with respect to whom the reduction is made as an
      additional Profit Sharing Contribution by the Participating Employer for
      the Plan Year.

            (3)   If, in spite of such reductions and as a result of
      reasonable error in estimating the amount of the Participant's Eligible
      Earnings, Pre-Tax Contributions, other elective deferrals within the
      meaning of Code section 402(g)(3) or Section 415 Wages for the Plan
      Year, the limitation would otherwise be exceeded, then, to the extent
      required to prevent such excess,

                  (a) the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made for the
            Participant will be distributed to the Participant, and

                  (b) if a further excess would otherwise exist, the amount of
            such excess will be held unallocated in a suspense account and
            will be allocated to all other eligible Participants for the Plan
            Year and, to the extent necessary, subsequent Plan Years, before
            Participating Employer contributions are made for such Plan Year
            or Years, and will operate to reduce the amount of Participating
            Employer contributions for such Plan Year or Years.

9.5   AGGREGATE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION/DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATIONS.  (A)  In
no event will the amount of a Participant's annual additions under the Plan
exceed an amount that would cause the decimal equivalent of the sum of the
"defined benefit fraction" plus the "defined contribution fraction" to exceed
one.

      (B)  The "defined benefit fraction" is a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Participant's aggregate projected annual benefit under all
defined benefit pension plans maintained by any


                                        22

<PAGE>

Affiliated Organization (determined as of the end of the Plan Year), and the
denominator of which is the lesser of:

            (1)  125 percent of the maximum dollar benefit limitation in
      effect under Code section 415(b)(1) for the calendar year during which
      the Plan Year in question begins; and

            (2)  140 percent of the average Section 415 Wages of the
      Participant during the three consecutive Plan Years during which he or
      she was a Participant in any such defined benefit pension plan that
      produce the highest average.

      (C)  The "defined contribution fraction" is a fraction, the numerator of
which is the sum of the annual additions to the Participant's accounts for the
Plan Year under this Plan and any other defined contribution plans maintained
by any Affiliated Organization, determined in the manner described in Section
9.4, and the denominator of which is the aggregate of the lesser of:

            (1)  125 percent of the maximum annual addition dollar limit in
      effect for the Plan Year under such defined contributions plans; and

            (2)  140 percent of 25 percent of the Participant's Section 415
      Wages for the Plan Year,

applied for all years during which the Participant was employed with an
Affiliated Organization, without regard to whether there was a defined
contribution plan in effect during all such years.

      (D)  If the annual additions that would otherwise be made with respect
to a Participant for a Plan Year would cause the limitation of Subsection (A)
to be exceeded, the Participant's benefit under one or more defined benefit
pension plans maintained by an Affiliated Organization will, to the extent
provided in such plans, be reduced to the extent necessary to prevent such
excess from occurring, and, if a sufficient reduction cannot be made under
such plans, the provisions of Section 9.4(C) will be applied to reduce the
amount of the annual additions to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan
for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to prevent such excess.

9.6   ADMINISTRATOR'S DISCRETION.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this article, the Administrator may, in his or her discretion, apply the
provisions of Sections 9.1 through 9.5 in any manner permitted by Treasury
Regulations that will cause the Plan to satisfy the limitations of the Code
incorporated in such sections, and the Administrator's good faith application
of Treasury Regulations will be binding on all Participants and Beneficiaries.


                                        23

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE X
                               SERVICE RULES

10.1  COMPUTATION PERIOD.  The "Computation Period" with respect to an
Employee is the 12-month period commencing with the date on which he or she
first completes an Hour of Service of the type specified at Section 10.3(A)(1)
and each subsequent 12-month period beginning on the anniversary of that date.

10.2  YEAR OF SERVICE.  The term "Year of Service" with respect to an
Employee means a Computation Period during which he or she completes at least
1000 Hours of Service.

10.3  HOUR OF SERVICE.  (A)  Subject to the remaining subsections of this
section, the term "Hour of Service," with respect to an Employee, includes and
is limited to -

            (1)   each hour for which the Employee is paid, or entitled to
      payment, for the performance of duties for an Affiliated Organization;

            (2)   each hour for which the Employee is paid, or entitled to
      payment, by an Affiliated Organization on account of a period of time
      during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
      employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday,
      illness (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or
      leave of absence;

            (3)   Each hour for which the Employee is not paid or entitled to
      payment but which is required by federal law to be credited to the
      Employee on account of his or her military service or similar duties;
      and

            (4)   each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
      damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliated Organization;
      provided, first, that Hours of Service taken into account under clause
      (1) or (2) will not also be taken into account under this clause (4);
      and second, that Hours of Service taken into account under this clause
      (4) that relate to periods specified in clause (2) will be subject to
      the rules under Subsection (B).

      (B)   The following rules will apply for purposes of determining the
Hours of Service completed by an Employee under Subsection (A)(2):

            (1)   No more than 501 hours will be credited to the Employee on
      account of any single continuous period during which the Employee
      performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single
      Computation Period).

            (2)   No more than the number of hours regularly scheduled for the
      performance of duties for the period during which no duties are
      performed will be credited to the Employee for such period.

            (3)   The Employee will not be credited with hours for which
      payments are made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose
      of complying with workers' compensation, unemployment compensation or
      disability insurance laws, or for which payments are made solely to
      reimburse medical or medically related expenses.



                                        24

<PAGE>

            (4)   A payment will be deemed to be made by or due from an
      Affiliated Organization, regardless of whether such payment is made by
      or due from the Affiliated Organization directly or indirectly through a
      trust fund or insurer to which the Affiliated Organization contributes
      or pays premiums.

            (5)   If the payment made or due is calculated on the basis of
      units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited will be the
      number of regularly scheduled working hours included in the units of
      time on the basis of which the payment is calculated; provided, that, if
      such a payment is made to an Employee described in Subsection (D)(1),
      the number of Hours of Service to be credited will be the number of
      equivalent hours determined under Subsection (D)(1) that are included in
      the units of time on the basis of which the payment is calculated.

            (6)   If the payment made or due is not calculated on the basis of
      units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited will be
      equal to the amount of the payment, divided by the Employee's most
      recent hourly rate of compensation before the period during which no
      duties are performed.

      (C)   Hours of Service will be credited -

            (1)   in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
      (A)(1), to the Computation Period in which the duties are performed;

            (2)   in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
      (A)(2), to the Computation Period or Periods in which the period during
      which no duties are performed occurs; provided, that, if the payment is
      not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service will
      not be allocated between more than the first two Computation Periods of
      such period;

            (3)   in the case of Hours of Service described in Subsection
      (A)(4), to the Computation Period or Periods to which the award or
      agreement for back pay pertains.

      (D)   For purposes of determining the number of Hours of Service
completed by an Employee during a particular period of time -

            (1)   an Employee who is not subject to the overtime provisions of
      the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as from time to time amended, will
      be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each seven consecutive days, or
      fraction thereof, during which he or she completes at least one Hour of
      Service;

            (2)   each other Employee will be credited with the number of
      Hours of Service that he or she completes during such period.

      (E)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, a person
will be credited with the number of Hours of Service he or she completes,
determined in the manner specified in Subsections (A) through (E),



                                        25

<PAGE>

            (1)   while, although not employed with an Affiliated
      Organization, he or she is considered to be a "leased employee" of an
      Affiliated Organization or of a "related person" (within the meaning of
      Code sections 414(n)(2) and 144(a)(3)), respectively, and

            (2)   with any other organization to the extent such Hours of
      Service are required to be taken into account pursuant to Treasury
      Regulations under Code section 414(o).

10.4  ONE-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE.  (A)  An Employee will incur a "One-Year
Break in Service" if the Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of
Service during a Computation Period; provided, that, for purposes only of
determining whether an Employee has incurred such a One-Year Break in Service,
in addition to Hours of Service credited under Section 10.3, there will be
taken into account the number of Hours of Service that otherwise would have
been credited to the Employee, or, if the number of such Hours of Service
cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service for each day on which the
Employee would have otherwise performed services for an Affiliated
Organization, during an authorized leave of absence, while still employed with
the Affiliated Organization, due to -

            (1)   the Employee's pregnancy,

            (2)   the birth of the Employee's child,

            (3)   the placement of a child with the Employee in connection
      with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or

            (4)   the Employee's caring for such child for a period beginning
      immediately following such birth or placement;

provided, first, that the total number of such additional Hours of Service
taken into account by reason of any such absence will not exceed 501; second,
that, if the Employee would be prevented from incurring a One-Year Break in
Service for the Computation Period in which such absence commenced solely
because the additional Hours of Service are so credited, such Hours of Service
will be credited only to such Computation Period or, if a One-Year Break in
Service for such Computation Period would not be so prevented, such additional
Hours of Service will be credited to the Computation Period following the
Computation Period during which such absence commenced; and third, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, no such additional Hours of Service will be
credited unless the Employee furnishes to the Administrator, on a timely
basis, such information as the Administrator reasonably requires in order to
establish the number of days during which the Employee was absent for one of
the reasons set forth at items (1) through (4).

      (B)   Notwithstanding Subsection (A), an Employee will not incur a
One-Year Break in Service during any period of "excused absence."  An excused
absence means any of the following:

            (1)   absence on a leave authorized by an Affiliated Organization
      for any cause for the authorized period or, in the absence of an
      authorized period, for 90 days, plus any extensions granted by the
      Affiliated Organization;

            (2)   absence in any circumstances so long as the Employee
      continues to receive his or her regular compensation from an Affiliated
      Organization;



                                        26

<PAGE>

            (3)   absence for service in the armed forces of the United States
      or other government service in time of war or national emergency; or

            (4)   absence by reason of illness or disability.

An excused absence ceases to be such and will be deemed a Break in Service
(unless the Employee has completed more than 500 Hours of Service in the
applicable Computation Period) as of the first day of such absence if the
Employee fails to return to the service of an Affiliated Organization (i) on
the first scheduled workday following expiration of any leave of absence
referred to in clause (1) hereof, (ii) at such time as the payment of regular
compensation is discontinued, as referred to in clause (2) hereof, (iii)
within 90 days following his or her discharge or release from active duty or,
if the Employee does not return to service with the Affiliated Organization
within the said 90-day period by reason of a disability incurred while in the
armed forces, if he or she returns to service with the Affiliated Organization
upon the termination of such disability, as evidenced by release from
confinement in a military or veterans hospital, or (iv) upon recovery from
illness or disability (as determined by the Affiliated Organization).

10.5  LOSS OF SERVICE.If an Employee experiences at least a One-Year Break
in Service before he or she completes two Years of Service, his or her Years
of Service completed before the Break in Service will not be taken into
account for purposes of determining the date on which he or she enters the
Plan for the purpose of being eligible to share in the allocation of Profit
Sharing Contributions.

10.6  PRE-ACQUISITION SERVICES.Hours of Service completed by an Employee
with an Affiliated Organization prior to the date on which it became an
Affiliated Organization (or, with another entity prior to the acquisition of
such entity's business or assets by an Affiliated Organization) will be taken
into account under this Plan only if, to the extent and for the purposes,
provided in any agreement pursuant to which it became an Affiliated
Organization (or such business or assets were acquired) or as provided by
resolution of the Company's Board.  If such Hours of Service are to be taken
into account, unless otherwise specifically provided in such agreement or
resolution, such Hours of Service will be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this article.  If less than the entire period of employment with
an Affiliated Organization prior to its becoming such (or with another entity
prior to the acquisition of its business or assets) is to be taken into
account, the extent to which such period of employment is to be taken into
account will be specified in an exhibit to the Plan.


                                        27

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XI
                     ADOPTION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.1  ADOPTION BY AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS.  An Affiliated Organization may
adopt this Plan and become a Participating Employer with the prior approval of
the Committee by furnishing a certified copy of a resolution of its Board
adopting the Plan.  Any adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Organization,
however, must either be authorized by the Company's Board in advance or be
ratified by such Board prior to the end of the fiscal year of such Affiliated
Organization in which it adopts the Plan.

11.2  AUTHORITY TO AMEND AND PROCEDURE.  (A)  The Company reserves the
right to amend the Plan at any time, to any extent that it may deem advisable.
Each amendment will be stated in a written instrument, executed in the name of
the Company by two duly authorized officers.  Upon the execution of such
instrument, the Plan will be deemed to have been amended as set forth in the
instrument, and all interested person will be bound by the amendment;
provided, first, that no amendment will increase the duties or liabilities of
the Trustee without its written consent; and, second, that no amendment will
have any retroactive effect so as to deprive any Participant, or any
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, of any benefit already accrued or
vested or of any option with respect to the form of such benefit that is
protected by Code section 411(d)(6), except that any amendment that is
required to conform the Plan with government regulations so as to qualify the
Trust for income tax exemption may be made retroactively to the Effective Date
of the Plan or to any later date.

      (B)   If the schedule for determining the extent to which benefits under
the Plan are vested is changed, whether by amendment or on account of the
Plan's becoming or ceasing to be a top-heavy plan, each Participant with at
least three years of service may elect to have his or her vested benefits
determined without regard to such change by giving written notice of such
election  to the Administrator within the period beginning on the date such
change was adopted (or the Plan's top heavy status changed) and ending 60 days
after the latest of (a) the date such change is adopted, (b) the date such
change becomes effective or (c) the date the Participant is issued notice of
such change by the Administrator or the Trustee.  Except as otherwise provided
in an amendment permitted by Treasury Regulations, if an optional form of
benefit payment protected under Code section 411(d)(6) is eliminated, each
Participant may elect to have that portion of the value of his or her Accounts
that was accrued as of the date of such elimination, distributed in the
optional form of benefit payment that was eliminated.

      (C)   The provisions of the Plan in effect at the termination of a
Participant's employment will, except as specifically provided otherwise by a
subsequent amendment, continue to apply to such Participant.

11.3  AUTHORITY TO TERMINATE AND PROCEDURE.  The Company expects to
continue the Plan indefinitely but reserves the right to terminate the Plan in
its entirety at any time.  Each Participating Employer expects to continue its
participation in the Plan indefinitely but reserves the right to cease its
participation in the Plan at any time.  The Plan will terminate in its
entirety or with respect to a particular Participating Employer as of the date
specified by the Company or such Participating Employer, as the case may be,
to the Trustee in a written notice executed in the manner of an amendment.



                                        28

<PAGE>

11.4  VESTING UPON TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION OR DISCONTINUANCE OF
CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon termination of the Plan or upon the complete
discontinuance of contributions by all Participating Employers, the Accounts
of each Participant who is an Employee of a Participating Employer or another
affiliated organization will, to the extent funded, vest in full.  Upon a
partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of each Participant as to whom
the Plan has been partially terminated will, to the extent funded, vest in
full.

11.5  DISTRIBUTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION OR
DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  After termination or partial termination
of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan,
the Trustee will continue to hold and distribute the Fund at the times and in
the manner provided by Article VIII as if such event had not occurred or, if
the Committee so directs in accordance with Treasury Regulations, will
distribute to each Participant the entire balance of his or her Accounts.


                                        29

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XII
               DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATIONS

The definitions and the rules of construction and interpretations set forth in
this article will be applied in construing this instrument unless the context
otherwise indicates.

12.1  ACCOUNT.  An "Account" with respect to a Participant is any or all
of the accounts maintained on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 5.1, as
the context requires.

12.2  ADMINISTRATOR.  The "Administrator" of the Plan is the Committee or
the person to whom administrative duties are delegated pursuant to Section
13.1(E), as the context requires.

12.3  AFFILIATED ORGANIZATION.  An "Affiliated Organization" is the
Company and any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of section 1563(a) of the Code without regard
to Code sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C)) that includes the Company; any
trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is controlled (within the
meaning of Code section 414(c)) by the Company; any member of an "affiliated
service group" (within the meaning of Code section 414(m)) of which the
Company is a member; or any other organization that, together with the
Company, is treated as a single employer pursuant to Code section 414(o) and
Treasury Regulations; provided, that, for purposes of applying the limitations
set forth at Sections 9.4 and 9.5 of the Plan, Code section 1563(a) will be
applied by substituting the phrase "more than 50 percent" for the phrase "at
least 80 percent" wherever it appears in such Code section.

12.4  BENEFICIARY.  A "Beneficiary" is a person designated under the
provisions of Section 8.2 as the distributee of benefits payable after the
death of a Participant; provided that such a person will not become a
Beneficiary, and will have no interest in or rights under the Plan, until the
Participant has died.

12.5  BOARD.  The "Board" is the board of directors of the Affiliated
Organization in question.  When the Plan provides for an action to be taken by
the Board, the action may be taken by any committee or individual authorized
to take such action pursuant to a proper delegation by the board of directors
in question.

12.6  CODE.  The "Code" is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Any reference to a specific provision of the Code will include a reference to
such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor
provision.

12.7  COMMITTEE.  The "Committee" is the administrative committee described
in Section 13.1.

12.8  COMPANY.  The "Company" is Nash-Finch Company or any successor
thereto.

12.9  CONSENT OF SPOUSE.  Whenever the consent of a Participant's spouse is
required with respect to any act of the Participant, such consent will be
deemed to have been obtained only if:

            (a)   the Participant's spouse executes a written consent to such
      act, which consent acknowledges the effect of such act and is witnessed
      by the Administrator or a notary public; or



                                        30

<PAGE>

            (b)   the Administrator determines that no such consent can be
      obtained because the Participant has no spouse, because the
      Participant's spouse cannot be located, or because of such other
      circumstances as may, under Treasury Regulations, justify the lack of
      such consent.

Any such consent by the Participant's spouse or such determination by the
Administrator that such spouse's consent is not required will be effective
only with respect to the particular spouse of the Participant who so consented
or with respect to whom such determination was made.  Any such consent by the
Participant's spouse to an act of the Participant under the Plan will be
irrevocable with respect to that act.

12.10 EFFECTIVE DATE.  The "Effective Date" of the Plan is January 2,
1966, the date as of which the Plan was first established.

12.11 ELIGIBLE EARNINGS.  (A)  The "Eligible Earnings" of a Participant
for any Plan Year are, except as provided in the succeeding subsections of
this section, the total remuneration paid by a Participating Employer to the
Participant during the portion of the Plan Year following his or her entry or
reentry into the Plan for the purpose in question and while he or she is a
Qualified Employee, increased by the amount of Eligible Earnings reductions
experienced by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and of
any cafeteria plan maintained by the Participating Employer pursuant to Code
section 125 for that portion of the Plan Year, to the extent such reductions
are not otherwise included.

      (B)   Notwithstanding Subsection (A), in no event will a Participant's
Eligible Earnings for any Plan Year be taken into account to the extent they
exceed $150,000 (automatically adjusted for increases in the cost of living in
accordance with Treasury Regulations).

      (C)   In the case of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee
described in clause (1) of Section 12.16(A), or of a Highly Compensated
Employee described in clause (2) or (3) of Section 12.16(A) whose Eligible
Earnings for the Plan Year is not less than the Eligible Earnings of at least
ten other Highly Compensated Employees (determined in each case without regard
to Section 12.16(C)), the limitation set forth in Subsection (B) will be
applied to the Participant, the Participant's spouse and the Participant's
lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen prior to the end of the
Plan Year in question as if they were a single Participant.

      (D)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (A), a Participant's
Eligible Earnings will not include:

            (1)   any remuneration not paid in cash;

            (2)   the value of life insurance coverage included in the
      Participant's wages under Code section 79;

            (3)   any long-term disability benefit paid by a third party;

            (4)   any car allowance or moving expense or mileage
      reimbursement;

            (5)   any educational assistance payment;



                                        31

<PAGE>

            (6)   severance pay;

            (7)   payments under any plan of deferred compensation; or

            (8)   any benefit under any qualified or nonqualified stock option
      or stock purchase plan.

12.12 EMPLOYEE. An "Employee" is an individual who performs services as a
common-law employee for an Affiliated Organization.

12.13 FUND.  The "Fund" is the total of all of the assets of every kind
and nature, both principal and income, held in the Trust at any particular
time or, if the context so requires, one or more of the investment funds
described in Section 5.1.

12.14 GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent that state law is not preempted by
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or any other
laws of the United States, this Plan will be administered, construed and
enforced according to the internal, substantive laws of the State of
Minnesota, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

12.15 HEADINGS.  The headings of articles and sections are included solely
for convenience.  If there exists any conflict between such headings and the
text of the Plan, the text will control.

12.16 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.  (A)  A "Highly Compensated Employee"
for any Plan Year is any employee who -

            (1)   at any time during such Plan Year or the preceding Plan
      Year, owns or owned (or is considered as owning or having owned within
      the meaning of Code section 318) more than five percent of the
      outstanding stock of Affiliated Organization or stock possessing more
      than five percent of the total combined voting power of all outstanding
      stock of an Affiliated Organization, or

            (2)   during the Plan Year preceding such Plan Year -

                  (a)   received compensation in excess of $75,000 (or such
            dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of
            living, as in effect under Code section 414(q)(1)(B) for the
            calendar year during which the Plan Year in question begins), or

                  (b)   received compensation in excess of $50,000 (or such
            dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of
            living, as in effect under Code section 414(q)(1)(C) for the
            calendar year during which the Plan Year in question begins) and
            whose compensation exceeded the compensation of at least 80
            percent of all employees, excluding, for purposes of determining
            the number of employees in such group but not for purposes of
            determining the specific employees comprising the group, all
            employees who

                        (i)   have completed less than six months of service
                  with the Affiliated Organizations,



                                        32

<PAGE>

                        (ii)  normally work fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week
                  for the Affiliated Organizations,

                        (iii) normally work for the Affiliated Organizations
                  during not more than six months during any calendar year, or

                        (iv)  have not attained age 21, or

                  (c)   was at any time an officer (as defined in Code section
            416(i) and Treasury Regulation sections 1.416-1 A-T 13 and A-T 15)
            of an Affiliated Organization and received compensation in excess
            of 50 percent of the amount in effect under Code section
            415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year during which the Plan Year in
            question begins, but in no case will there be taken into account
            more than the lesser of (i) 50 persons, or (ii) the greater of
            three persons or ten percent of the aggregate number of all
            employees excluding, for purposes of determining the number of
            such officers, any employees that are excluded pursuant to clause
            (b); or, if no officer of an Affiliated Organization received
            compensation in excess of such amount, the officer of the
            Affiliated Organization with the highest compensation for the Plan
            Year, or

            (3)   during such Plan Year, is described in items (a), (b) or (c)
      of clause (2) and received compensation in an amount that is not less
      than the amount of compensation received by at least 100 other
      employees.

      (B)   For purposes of this section,

            (1)   an "employee" is any individual who is not described in
      clause (b) of Section 12.27 and who, during the Plan Year for which the
      determination is being made, performs services for an Affiliated
      Organization as -

                  (a)   a common law employee,

                  (b)   an employee pursuant to Code section 401(c)(1), or

                  (c)   a leased employee who is treated as an employee of an
            Affiliated Organization pursuant to Code section 414(n)(2) or
            414(o)(2), and

            (2)   "compensation" for any period means an employee's Section
      415 wages for the period increased by the amount of any reductions to
      the employee's compensation for the period in connection with an
      election by the employee made pursuant to a Plan maintained under Code
      section 125 or 401(k).

      (C)   For purposes of applying Section 9.2, any employee who is the
spouse, a lineal ascendant or descendant or the spouse of a lineal ascendant
or descendant of a Highly Compensated Employee described in clause (1) of
Subsection (A), or of a Highly Compensated Employee described in clause (2) or
(3) of Subsection (A) whose compensation for the Plan Year is not less than
the compensation of at least ten other Highly Compensated Employees, will not
be considered a separate employee of the Affiliated Organization and any
Eligible Earnings with respect to such employee, and any contributions
allocated to the employee's Accounts under this


                                        33

<PAGE>

Plan if the employee is a Participant, will be deemed to have been paid to, or
allocated to the Accounts of such Highly Compensated Employee.

12.17 NUMBER AND GENDER.  Wherever appropriate, the singular number may be
read as the plural, the plural may be read as the singular, and the masculine
gender may be read as the feminine gender.

12.18 PARTICIPANT.  A "Participant" is a current or former Qualified
Employee who has entered the Plan pursuant to Article II and has not ceased to
be a Participant pursuant to Section 2.7.

12.19 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER.  A "Participating Employer" is the Company
and any other Affiliated Organization that has adopted the Plan, or all of
them collectively, as the context requires, and their respective successors.
An Affiliated Organization will cease to be a Participating Employer upon a
termination of the Plan as to its Employees or upon its ceasing to be an
Affiliated Organization.

12.20 PLAN.  The "Plan" is that set forth in this instrument as it may be
amended from time to time.

12.21 PLAN RULE.  A "Plan Rule" is a rule, policy, practice or procedure
adopted by the Administrator.  Each Plan Rule will be uniform and
nondiscriminatory with respect to similarly situated individuals.

12.22 PLAN YEAR.  A "Plan Year" is the 12-month period beginning on
January 1 of each calendar year and ending on December 31 of such calendar
year.

12.23 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  The "Pre-Tax Contribution Account"
is the account established pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.1 to evidence
Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Participant.

12.24 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. "Pre-Tax Contributions" means contributions
made pursuant to Section 3.1.

12.25 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  The "Profit Sharing
Contribution Account" is the account established pursuant to clause (b) of
Section 4.1 to evidence Profit Sharing Contributions made on behalf of a
Participant.

12.26 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.  "Profit Sharing Contributions" means
contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2.

12.27 QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE.  A "Qualified Employee" is any person who
performs services for a Participating Employer as a common-law employee,
excluding, however, any such person who is  -

            (a)   covered by a collective bargaining agreement, for whom
      retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between
      such person's representative and the Participating Employer, and who is
      not, as a result of such bargaining, specifically covered by this Plan;
      or



                                        34

<PAGE>

            (b)   a nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within
      the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from a Participating Employer
      that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within
      the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)).

12.28 ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  The "Rollover Account" is the account
established pursuant to clause (c) of Section 4.1 to evidence the amounts, if
any, rolled over from an individual retirement arrangement or another
qualified plan, or transferred directly from another qualified plan with
respect to a Participant, pursuant to Section 3.3.

12.29 SECTION 415 WAGES.  (A)  An individual's "Section 415 Wages" for
any period is the sum of all remuneration received by such individual during
such period from all Affiliated Organizations that constitutes "compensation"
within the meaning of Code section 415(c)(3) and Treasury Regulations
thereunder.

      (B)   The Administrator may, in his or her discretion, for any Plan
Year, determine the items of remuneration that, in accordance with Treasury
Regulations, will be included in Section 415 Wages for such Plan Year;
provided that for each purpose under this Plan, the Administrator's
determination will be uniform throughout any Plan Year.

      (C)   Section 415 Wages will not include the amount by which an
individual's remuneration is reduced in connection with an election by the
individual made pursuant to a plan maintained under Code section 125 or
401(k).

12.30 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  For purposes of determining entitlement
to a distribution under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have
terminated employment only if he or she has completely severed his or her
employment relationship with all Participating Employers and other Affiliated
Organizations or if the Affiliated Organization with which he or she is
employed ceases to be an Affiliated Organization.  Neither transfer of
employment among Participating Employers and other Affiliated Organizations
nor absence from active service by reason of disability leave, other than in
connection with a permanent total disability, or any other leave of absence
will constitute a termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, a Participant who, in conjunction with the disposition of all or any
portion of a business operation of the Participating Employer or an Affiliated
Organization which is not a disposition of a subsidiary or substantially all
of the assets used in a trade or business of the Participating Employer or
Affiliated Organization within the meaning of Code section 401(k)(10)(A) with
respect to which the requirements of Code section 401(k)(10)(B) and (C) are
satisfied, transfers employment to the acquiror of such business operation or
to any affiliate of such acquiror will not be considered to have terminated
employment.  If a Participant is deemed to have continued employment by reason
of the preceding sentence, such sentence will continue to apply to such
Participant in the event of any subsequent transfer of employment in
conjunction with the disposition of all or any portion of a business operation
of the initial acquiror or any subsequent acquirors that is not a disposition
of a subsidiary of such acquiror or of substantially all of the assets used in
a trade or business of such acquiror within the meaning of Code section
401(k)(10)(A) with respect to which the requirements of Code section
401(k)(10)(B) and (C) are satisfied.  Except in conjunction with such a
disposition of a subsidiary or substantially all of the assets used in a trade
or business of the seller that satisfies the requirements of Code section
401(k)(10)(B) and (C), such a Participant will be considered to have
terminated employment only when he or she has severed the employment
relationship with all such acquirors and their affiliates.



                                        35

<PAGE>

12.31 TESTING WAGES.  (A)  An individual's "Testing Wages" for any period
is the sum of all of his or her remuneration from all Affiliated Organizations
that is reportable in box 1 (wages, tips, other compensation) of Internal
Revenue Service Form W-2, increased by the amount by which the individual's
remuneration is reduced in connection with an election by the individual made
pursuant to a Plan maintained under Code section 125 or 401(k).

      (B)   In no event will an individual's Testing Wages for any Plan Year
be taken into account to the extent they exceed $150,000 (automatically
adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Treasury
Regulations).

      (C)   In the case of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee
described in clause (1) of Section 12.16(A), or a Highly Compensated Employee
described in clause (2) or (3) of Section 12.16(A) whose Testing Wages for a
Plan Year are not less than the Testing Wages of at least ten other Highly
Compensated Employees (determined in each case without regard to Section
12.16(C) and this subsection), the limitation set forth in Subsection (B) will
be applied to the Participant, the Participant's spouse and the Participant's
lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 before the last day of the
Plan Year in question as if they were a single Participant.

      (D)   The Administrator may, in his or her discretion, for any Plan
Year, adopt any alternative definition of Testing Wages that complies with
Code section 414(s) and Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, that for
each purpose under this Plan, the definition so adopted will be uniform
throughout any Plan Year.

12.32 TREASURY REGULATIONS.  "Treasury Regulations" mean regulations,
rulings, notices and other promulgations issued under the authority of the
Secretary of the Treasury that apply to, or may be relied upon in the
administration of, this Plan.

12.33 TRUST.  The "Trust" is that created by the Company, as grantor, for
purposes of implementing benefits under the Plan, and may, as from time to
time amended, be referred to as the "Nash-Finch Company Profit Sharing Trust."

12.34 TRUSTEE.  The "Trustee" is the corporation and/or individual or
individuals who from time to time is or are the duly appointed and acting
trustee or trustees of the Trust.

12.35 VALUATION DATE.  A "Valuation Date" is the last day of each
calendar quarter and such interim dates as the Administrator may from time to
time specify pursuant to Section 4.2(B).


                                        36

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XIII
                           ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

13.1  ADMINISTRATOR, NAMED FIDUCIARY.  (A)  The general administration of
the Plan and the duty to carry out its provisions is vested in the Company,
which is the "named fiduciary" of the Plan for purposes of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  To carry out such duties,
the Company's Board will appoint a Committee of three members who will serve
at the pleasure of the Board.  Any Committee member may be dismissed at any
time, with or without cause, on ten days' notice from the Company's Board.
Any Committee member may resign by delivering his or her written resignation
to the Company's Board.  Vacancies arising by the death, resignation or
removal of a Committee member will be filled by the Company's Board.

      (B)  The Committee will elect one of its number to serve as Chair.  The
Chair will preside at all meetings of the Committee or will delegate such
responsibility to another Committee member.  The Committee will elect one
person to serve as Secretary to the Committee.  The Secretary may, but need
not, be a member of the Committee.  All third parties may rely on any
communication signed by the Secretary, acting as such, as an official
communication from the Committee.

      (C)  Any and all acts of the Committee will be by majority rule;
provided, first, that if at any time, there are less than three members of the
Committee in office, pending the appointment of a successor to fill an
existing vacancy, the remaining members have the authority to act; and,
second, that if the Board fails to fill a vacancy, and in any event, until the
Board fills the vacancy, the remaining members of the Committee may appoint an
interim Committee member to fill any vacancy occurring on the Committee.  The
Committee may act by vote taken in a meeting, or by action taken in writing
without the formality of convening a meeting.  The Secretary will keep written
minutes of each meeting, and of all actions taken without a meeting, including
the vote of each Committee member as to all matters considered.

      (D)  The Committee may delegate to each or any one of its members or to
its Secretary authority to sign any documents on its behalf, or to perform
ministerial acts, but no member to whom such authority is delegated may
perform any act involving the exercise of any discretion other than pursuant
to a written delegation pursuant to Subsection (E).

      (E)  The Committee may delegate to any person, whether or not such
person is a Committee member, any fiduciary duty under the Plan.  Each such
delegation must be in writing and must be furnished to the person to whom the
duty is delegated.  Upon such person's filing an acknowledgement and
acceptance of such delegation, that person will become a fiduciary of the Plan
and Administrator with respect to that duty and, to the extent allowed under
applicable law, the Committee will be relieved of fiduciary responsibility
with respect to that duty.  Such person's fiduciary responsibility with
respect to that duty will terminate upon revocation of such delegation by the
Committee or upon revocation of such acceptance by such person.  Any such
revocation must be in writing, and will be effective upon delivery thereof to
the person to whom the duty was delegated or to a member of the Committee, as
the case may be.

      (F)  The Committee will render an annual report to the Company's Board.
All actions taken by the Committee will be deemed to be those of the Company
acting as Administrator.

13.2  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.   An employee of an Affiliated
Organization performing administrative duties in connection with the Plan will
receive no compensation from the Fund for


                                        37

<PAGE>

such services, but will be entitled to reimbursement from the Fund for all
sums reasonably and necessarily expended in the performance of such duties.
The Administrator may retain such independent accounting, legal, clerical and
other services as may reasonably be required in the administration of the Plan
and may pay reasonable compensation from the Fund for such services.  Any such
reimbursement or compensation and all other costs of administering the Plan
will, to the extent not paid by the Participating Employers, be paid by the
Trustee from the Fund upon statements issued by the Administrator.

13.3  ADOPTION OF RULES.  The Administrator has the discretionary power to
make and enforce such Plan Rules the Administrator deems to be required or
advisable for the effective administration of the Plan.

13.4  ADMINISTRATOR'S DISCRETION.  The Administrator has the discretionary
power and authority to make all determinations necessary for administration of
the Plan, except those determinations that the Plan requires others to make,
and to construe, interpret, apply and enforce the provisions of the Plan and
Plan Rules, including the power to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies,
omissions and erroneous account balances.  In the exercise of discretionary
powers, the Administrator will treat all similarly situated Participants and
Beneficiaries uniformly.

13.5  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Participating Employers jointly and severally
agree to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each
director, officer, and employee of any Affiliated Organization against any and
all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including legal fees) of every
kind and nature that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such
person at any time by reason of such person's services in connection with the
Plan, but only if such person did not act dishonestly or in bad faith or in
willful violation of the law or regulations under which such liability, loss,
cost or expense arises.  The Participating Employers have the right, but not
the obligation, to select counsel and control the defense and settlement of
any action for which a person may be entitled to indemnification under this
provision.

13.6  BENEFIT CLAIM PROCEDURE.  If a request for a benefit by a Participant
or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant is denied in whole or in part, he or
she may within 30 days after denial file with the Administrator a written
claim objecting to the denial.  Not later than 90 days after receipt of such
claim, the Administrator will render a written decision on the claim to the
claimant.  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, such decision will
include:  the reasons for the denial; a reference to the Plan provision that
is the basis for the denial; a description of any additional material or
information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim; an explanation as
to why such information or material is necessary; and an explanation of the
Plan's claim procedure.  Not later than 60 days after receiving the
Administrator's written decision, the claimant may file with the Administrator
a written request for review of the Administrator's decision, and the claimant
or the representative may thereafter review Plan documents that relate to the
claim and submit written comments to the Administrator.  Not later than 60
days after the Administrator's receipt of the request for review, the
Administrator will render a written decision on the claim, which decision will
include the specific reasons for the decision, including references to
specific Plan provisions where appropriate.  The 90- and 60-day periods during
which the Administrator must respond to the claimant may be extended by up to
an additional 90 or 60 days, respectively, if circumstances beyond the
Administrator's control so require and if notice of such extension is given to
the claimant.



                                        38



<PAGE>

13.7  CORRECTION OF ERRORS.  If the Committee determines that, by reason of
administrative error or other cause attributable to a Participating Employer,
the Account of any Participant has incurred a loss, the Committee may enter
into an agreement with such Participating Employer under which the Account is
fully restored and may, upon such restoration, release the Participating
Employer from further responsibility.


                                        39

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XIV
                               MISCELLANEOUS

14.1  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, TRANSFER OF ASSETS.  (A)  If this Plan is
merged or consolidated with, or its assets or liabilities are transferred to,
any other plan, each Participant will be entitled to receive a benefit
immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer (if such other plan
were then terminated) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she
would have been entitled to receive immediately before such merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated).

      (B)  If any other plan is merged into this Plan, any provisions unique
to the Accounts resulting from such merger will be set forth on an exhibit to
the Plan.

14.2  LIMITED REVERSION OF FUND.  (A)  Except as provided in Subsection
(B), no corpus or income of the Trust will at any time revert to Participating
Employer or be used other than for the exclusive benefit of Eligible
Employees, Participants and Beneficiaries by paying benefits and, if
applicable, administrative expenses of the Plan.

      (B)   Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan,

            (1)   All contributions made by a Participating Employer to the
      Trustee prior to the initial determination of the Internal Revenue
      Service as to qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code
      and the tax exempt status of the Trust under Code section 501(a) will be
      repaid by the Trustee to such Participating Employer, upon the
      Participating Employer's written request, if the Internal Revenue
      Service rules that the Plan, as adopted by that Participating Employer,
      is not qualified or the Trust is not tax exempt; provided, that the
      Participating Employer requests such determination within a reasonable
      time after adoption of the Plan, and the repayment by the Trustee to
      such Participating Employer is made within one year after the date of
      denial of qualification of the Plan; and

            (2)   To the extent a contribution is made by a Participating
      Employer by a mistake of fact or a deduction is disallowed a
      Participating Employer under Code section 404, the Trustee will repay
      the contribution to such Participating Employer upon the Participating
      Employer's written request; provided, that such repayment is made within
      one year after the mistaken payment is made or the deduction is
      disallowed, as the case may be.  The amount returned to the
      Participating Employer will not include any investment gains or earnings
      but will be reduced by any investment losses.  Each contribution to the
      Plan by a Participating Employer is expressly conditioned on such
      contribution's being fully deductible by the Participating Employer
      under Code section 404.

14.3  TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS.  (A)  The following provisions will apply to
and control the operation and administration of the Plan for those Plan Years
during which the Plan is a top-heavy plan.

            (1)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the
      amount of contributions (excluding Pre-Tax Contributions) made and
      allocated for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is not a
      key employee and who is employed with an Affiliated Organization on the
      last day of the Plan Year (whether or not such Participant completed at
      least 1000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year), expressed as a
      percentage of the Participant's Testing Wages for the Plan Year, will be
      at least equal to the lesser of


                                        40

<PAGE>

                  (a)   three percent, or

                  (b)   the largest percentage of such Testing Wages at which
            contributions (including Pre-Tax Contributions) are made and
            allocated on behalf of any key employee for such Plan Year.

            (2)   If, in addition to this Plan, an Affiliated Organization
      maintains another qualified defined contribution plan or qualified
      defined benefit plan during a Plan Year, the provisions of clause (1)
      will be applied for such Plan Year -

                  (a)   by taking into account employer contributions (other
            than elective contributions for a non-key employee) on behalf of
            the Participant under all such defined contribution plans;

                  (b)   without regard to any Participant who is not a key
            employee and whose accrued benefit, expressed as a single life
            annuity, under a defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
            Affiliated Organization for such Plan Year is not less than the
            product of -

                        (i)   the Participant's average Testing Wages for the
                  period of consecutive years not exceeding the period of
                  consecutive years (not exceeding five) when the Participant
                  had the highest aggregate Testing Wages, disregarding years
                  in which the Participant completed less than 1000 Hours of
                  Service, multiplied by

                        (ii)  the lesser of (A) two percent per year of
                  service, disregarding years of service beginning after the
                  close of the last Plan Year in which such defined benefit
                  plan was a top heavy plan, or (B) 20 percent.

            (3)   Each Participant's vested interest in his or her Profit
      Sharing Contribution Account will be the vested interest otherwise
      determined under the Plan or determined in accordance with the following
      schedule, whichever provides the greater vested interest for the
      Participant:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE      EXTENT OF VESTED INTEREST
                  ------------------------      -------------------------

                  <S>                           <C>
                    Less than Two Years                        0%
                              Two Years                       20%
                            Three Years                       40%
                             Four Years                       60%
                             Five Years                       80%
                      Six or more Years                      100%
</TABLE>

      If the Plan ceases to be a top-heavy plan, the portion of a
      Participant's Profit Sharing Contribution Account that has vested
      pursuant to the foregoing schedule will remain nonforfeitable,
      notwithstanding the subsequent application of the otherwise applicable
      vesting schedule to amounts subsequently allocated to the Profit Sharing
      Contribution Account.



                                        41

<PAGE>

      (B)   For purposes of Subsection (A),

            (1)   (a)   The Plan will be a "top-heavy plan" for a particular
            Plan Year if, as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the
            aggregate of the Account balances of key employees is greater than
            60 percent of the aggregate of the Account balances of all
            Participants.

                  (b)   For purposes of calculating the aggregate Account
            balances for both key employees and employees who are not key
            employees:

                        (i)   Any distributions made within the five-year
                  period preceding the Plan Year for which the determination
                  is being made, other than a distribution transferred or
                  rolled over to a plan maintained by an Affiliated
                  Organization, will be included;

                        (ii)  Amounts transferred or rolled over from a plan
                  not maintained by an Affiliated Organization at the
                  initiation of the Participant will be excluded;

                        (iii) The Account balances of any key employee and any
                  employee who is not a key employee who has not performed an
                  Hour of Service of the type specified at Section 10.3(A)(1)
                  at any time during the five-year period ending on the date
                  as of which the determination is being made will be
                  excluded; and

                        (iv)  The terms "key employee" and "employee" include
                  the Beneficiaries of such persons who have died.

            (2)   (a)   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (1), this
            Plan will not be a top-heavy plan if it is part of either a
            "required aggregation group" or a "permissive aggregation group"
            and such aggregation group is not top-heavy.  An aggregation group
            will be top-heavy if the sum of the present value of accrued
            benefits and account balances of key employees is more than 60
            percent of the sum of the present value of accrued benefits and
            account balances for all Participants, such accrued benefits and
            account balances being calculated in each case in the same manner
            as set forth in clause (1).

                  (b)   Each plan in a required aggregation group will be
            top-heavy if the group is top-heavy.  No plan in a required
            aggregation group will be top-heavy if the group is not top-heavy.

                  (c)   If a permissive aggregation group is top-heavy, only
            those plans that are part of an underlying top-heavy, required
            aggregation group will be top-heavy. No plan in a permissive
            aggregation group will be top-heavy if the group is not top-heavy.

            (3)   The "required aggregation group" consists of (i) each plan
      of an Affiliated Organization in which a key employee participates, and
      (ii) each other plan of an Affiliated


                                        42

<PAGE>

      Organization that enables a plan in which a key employee participates to
      meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and
      410.

            (4)   A "permissive aggregation group" consists of those plans
      that are required to be aggregated and one or more plans (providing
      comparable benefits or contributions) that are not required to be
      aggregated, which, when taken together, satisfy the requirements of Code
      sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

            (5)   For purposes of applying clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this
      Subsection (B), any qualified defined contribution plan maintained by a
      Participating Employer or another Affiliated Organization at any time
      within the five-year period preceding the Plan Year for which the
      determination being made which, as of the date of such determination,
      has been formally terminated, has ceased crediting service for benefit
      accruals and vesting and has been or is distributing all plan assets to
      participants or their beneficiaries, will be taken into account to the
      extent required or permitted under such clauses and under Code section
      416.

      (C)   A "key employee" is any person who is or was employed with an
Affiliated Organization and who, at any time during the Plan Year in question
or any of the preceding four Plan Years is or was:

            (1)   An officer of the Affiliated Organization (an administrative
      executive in regular and continued service with the Affiliated
      Organization) whose compensation for such Plan Year exceeds 50 percent
      of the amount in effect under Code section 415(b)(1)(A) for such Plan
      Year, but in no case will there be taken into account more than the
      lesser of (a) 50 persons, or (b) the greater of (i) three persons or
      (ii) ten percent of the number of the Affiliated Organization's
      employees, excluding for purposes of determining the number of such
      officers, any employees that are excluded pursuant to Section
      12.16(A)(2)(b);

            (2)   The owner of an interest in the Affiliated Organization,
      including business entities that are required to be aggregated under
      Code section 414(b), (c) or (m), that is not less than the interest
      owned by at least ten other persons employed with the Affiliated
      Organization; provided, that, such owner will not be a key employee
      solely by reason of such ownership for a Plan Year if he or she does not
      own more than one-half of one percent of the value of the outstanding
      interests of the Affiliated Organization or if the amount of his or her
      compensation for such Plan Year is less than the amount in effect under
      Code section 415(c)(1)(A) for such Plan Year;

            (3)   The owner of more than five percent of the Affiliated
      Organization's outstanding stock or more than five percent of the total
      combined voting power of the Affiliated Organization's stock; or

            (4)   The owner of more than one percent of the Affiliated
      Organization's outstanding stock or more than one percent of the total
      combined voting power of the Affiliated Organization's stock, whose
      compensation for such Plan Year exceeds $150,000.

For purposes of this Subsection (C), the term "compensation" has the same
meaning as in Section 12.16(B)(2) and ownership of the Affiliated
Organization's stock will be determined in accordance with Code section 318;
provided, that subparagraph 318(a)(2)(C) will be applied by substituting the
phrase "5 percent" for the phrase "50 percent" wherever it appears in such
Code section.


                                        43

<PAGE>

      (D)   If an Affiliated Organization maintains a qualified defined
contribution plan and a qualified defined benefit plan, the limitation on
combined contributions and accrued benefits will be adjusted by substituting
"100 percent" for "125 percent" in the definitions of the defined benefit
fraction and the defined contribution fraction in Section 9.5; provided,
first, that this Subsection (D) will be applied prospectively only to prohibit
additional contributions allocated, and forfeitures reallocated, to and
defined benefit accruals for, a Participant and will not reduce any
allocations or reallocations made to, or benefits accrued for, such
Participant prior to the Plan Year for which it first becomes effective; and,
second, that if the Plan would not be a top heavy plan if "90 percent" were
substituted for "60 percent" in clause (1)(a) of Subsection (B), this
Subsection (D) will not apply if -

            (1)   the aggregate employer contribution (other than elective
      contributions) under all such qualified defined contribution plans on
      behalf of each Participant who is not a key employee and who is employed
      with an Affiliated Organization on the last day of the Plan Year is not
      less than seven and one-half percent of his or her Testing Wages for the
      Plan Year, or

            (2)   the accrued benefit for each Participant under the qualified
      defined benefit pension plan is not less than the benefit described in
      Subsection (A)(2)(b), applied by substituting "three percent" for "two
      percent" in item (A) of clause (ii) and "30 percent" for "20 percent" in
      item (B) of clause (ii).

14.4  NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS CREATED.  The establishment and maintenance of
the Plan neither give any Employee a right to continuing employment nor limit
the right of an Affiliated Organization to discharge or otherwise deal with
the Employee without regard to the effect such action might have on his or her
initial or continued participation in the Plan.


                                        44

<PAGE>

                             NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                                   EXHIBIT A

                   SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO FORMER
          PARTICIPANTS IN THE THOMAS & HOWARD COMPANY, INCORPORATED
           AND AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS PROFIT-SHARING PLAN AND TRUST


Effective as of January 1, 1987, the Thomas & Howard Company, Incorporated and
Affiliated Employers Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust, as separately adopted and
applied to Thomas & Howard Company of Hickory, Inc., T & H Service
Merchandisers, Inc., Thomas & Howard Company of Rocky Mount, Inc. and Virginia
Foods of Bluefield, Inc. ("Thomas & Howard Plan"), was amended by way of
adoption of the Plan.  For purposes of applying the provisions of the Plan to
the participation of participants in the Thomas & Howard Plan prior to January
1987 ("Thomas & Howard Participants") from and after January 1987, and to the
assets and liabilities attributable to contributions made by and on behalf of
Thomas & Howard Participants, the terms of this Exhibit A control to the
extent such terms are inconsistent with the remaining provisions of the Plan.

(1)   A separate account will be maintained for each Thomas & Howard
Participant with respect to assets and liabilities of the Trust Fund
attributable to contributions made on his or her behalf under the Thomas &
Howard Plan for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987.

(2)   A Thomas & Howard Participant will acquire a vested, nonforfeitable
interest in his or her separate account established pursuant to paragraph (1)
above, in accordance with the following rules.

      (a)   Such a Participant will acquire a fully vested interest in such
      separate account upon attaining age 65 or upon his or her death or
      becoming totally and permanently disabled (unable to continue his or her
      usual and customary employment with the Affiliated Organizations, as
      determined by a physician selected by the Administrator) prior to his or
      her termination of employment.

      (b)   (i) Upon such a Participant's termination of employment in
            circumstances other than those described in clause (a) above, the
            Participant will acquire a vested interest in such separate
            account to the extent set forth in the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             YEARS OF SERVICE             EXTENT OF VESTED INTEREST
             ----------------             -------------------------

             <S>                          <C>
             Less than 3                             0%
                       3                            20%
                       4                            40%
                       5                            60%
                       6                            80%
               7 or more                           100%
</TABLE>

            (ii)  For purpose of applying, the foregoing schedule, the number
                  of such Participant's Years of Service is the sum of:


                                        45

<PAGE>

                  (A)   The number of years of service that he or she had
                        completed under the Thomas & Howard Plan as of the
                        last day of the Plan Year ending prior to December 31,
                        1986; plus

                  (B)   One year, if he or she completes at least 1000 Hours
                        of Service during the 12-month period that begins on
                        the first day of the most recent Plan Year that
                        commences prior to January 1987; plus

                  (C)   The number of Plan Years, commencing with the Plan
                        Year that begins on January 1, 1987, during each of
                        which he or she completes at least 1000 Hours of
                        Service.

            (iii) Following a Participant's termination of employment, prior
                  to its forfeiture and reallocation in accordance with the
                  next sentence, the nonvested portion of a Participant's
                  separate account will be invested in accordance with the
                  Plan Rules.  The nonvested portion of such a Participant's
                  separate account will be forfeited upon his or her incurring
                  five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (determined on
                  the basis of Plan Year computation periods) following his or
                  her termination of employment.  Such forfeited amount will
                  be reallocated, as of the last day of the Plan Year during
                  which such forfeiture occurred, among the separate accounts
                  of those Thomas & Howard Participants who, as of the last
                  day of such Plan Year, were employed as Qualified Employees
                  of the Participating Employer with whom the terminating
                  Participant was last employed.  Each such Participant's
                  allocated share of such forfeiture will bear the same ratio
                  to the total amount of such forfeiture as such Participant's
                  Eligible Earnings for such Plan Year bears to the total
                  amount of Eligible Earnings of all such Participants who are
                  eligible to share in such forfeiture allocation.

      (c)   Such a Participant will, at all times, have a fully vested
      interest in any Rollover Account established under the Thomas & Howard
      Plan on his or her behalf.

(3)   Appointments of beneficiaries to receive the undistributed portion of
such separate account following the death of a Thomas & Howard Participant
will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.

(4)   Distribution of such separate account following a Thomas & Howard
Participant's termination of employment or attainment of age 70-1/2 will be
made in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.


                                        46

<PAGE>


                             NASH FINCH COMPANY
                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                                   EXHIBIT B

           SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO FORMER PARTICIPANTS IN
           THE TIMBERLAKE GROCERY COMPANY OF MACON PROFIT SHARING
                              PLAN AND TRUST.

Effective as of January 1, 1991, the Timberlake Grocery Company of Macon
Profit Sharing Plan and Trust ("Timberlake Plan") maintained by the Timberlake
Grocery Company of Macon ("Timberlake") was merged into the Nash-Finch Company
Profit Sharing Plan.  All benefits accrued and unpaid under the Timberlake
Plan as of the date of the merger were transferred to this Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the following
provisions of this Exhibit B apply to former participants in the Timberlake
Plan and to the benefits transferred from the Timberlake Plan on behalf of
such former participants:

(1)   Separate accounts will be maintained for Timberlake Plan participants
      with respect to assets and liabilities of the Trust Fund attributable to
      amounts transferred from the Timberlake Plan.  More than one separate
      account may be established if required by the Plan or if considered
      advisable by the Plan Administrator.

(2)   Former Timberlake Plan participants for whom a separate account is
      established pursuant to paragraph (1) above will at all times be fully
      vested in the amounts held in such accounts to the extent attributable
      to the participant's Basic Contribution Account and Rollover Account
      under the Timberlake Plan.  Any other amounts held in such accounts on
      behalf of a former Timberlake Plan participant will become vested in
      accordance with the following rules:

      (a)   Full vesting will occur upon the participant's death, Disability
      or Retirement.  Whether Disability or Retirement has occurred will be
      determined under the terms of the Timberlake Plan as in effect
      immediately prior to the merger.

      (b)   In all other cases, vesting will be determined according to the
      following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         VESTED
                YEARS OF SERVICE                       PERCENTAGE
                ----------------                       ----------

            <S>                                        <C>
            Less than 3 years                               0%
            3 years but less than 4                        20%
            4 years but less than 5                        40%
            5 years but less than 6                        60%
            6 years but less than 7                        80%
            7 years or more                               100%
</TABLE>

            For purposes of applying this schedule, a participant's Years of
            Service will be the sum of the following:



                                        47

<PAGE>

            (i)   the participant's full years of service under the Timberlake
                  Plan as of December 31, 1990, plus

            (ii)  One Year of Service if the participant would have been
                  credited with a year of service under the Timberlake Plan
                  for a 12-month period beginning after January 1, 1991 and on
                  or before December 31, 1991 had the merger not occurred;

            (iii) the number of the participant's Years of Service for service
                  on and after January 1, 1991 determined in accordance with
                  the terms of the Plan.

      (c)   In the case of a former Timberlake Plan participant whose unvested
      benefits are transferred to the Plan and who thereafter receives, not
      later than the last day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year
      during which he or she terminates employment, a distribution of his or
      her entire vested account balance under the Plan, the unvested portion
      of the participant's separate account will, as of the last day of the
      Plan Year during which such distribution occurs, be forfeited and be
      used to reduce the amount of the Profit Sharing Contributions for such
      Plan Year of the Participating Employer with whom he or she was last
      employed and, to the extent not so used, for subsequent Plan Years;
      provided, that, if such participant (i) received a distribution of less
      than the entire balance of his or her separate accounts, (ii) resumes
      employment with a Participating Employer as a Qualified Employee, and
      (iii) repays to the Trustee the full amount distributed from his or her
      separate account before the earlier of five years following the date of
      his or her reemployment with the Participating Employer as a Qualified
      Employee, or the date on which he or she incurs five consecutive
      One-Year Breaks in Service, then the amount of any forfeitures will be
      restored by the Participating Employer to his or her separate account,
      unadjusted for any change in value occurring after the Valuation Date on
      which the distribution was based.  Such restoration will be made from
      forfeitures that arise for the Plan Year for which such restoration is
      to be made.  To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient for such
      purpose, the Participating Employer will contribute an amount sufficient
      to restore such separate accounts.

      (d)   Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (c), the unvested
      portion of a former Timberlake Plan participant's separate account will
      be held in the account following the participant's termination of
      employment until he or she incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in
      Service, at which time such portion will be forfeited and used to reduce
      the amount of the Profit Sharing Contribution of the Participating
      Employer with whom the participant was last employed for the Plan Year
      during which such forfeiture occurs and, to the extent not so used, for
      succeeding Plan Years.

      (e)   Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (2) to the contrary,
      all amounts held on behalf of a former Timberlake Plan participant whose
      unvested benefits were forfeited prior to the plan merger and whose
      forfeited benefits have not been restored to his or her separate
      account, will be fully vested.  If such a participant is reemployed by
      an Employer as an Employee prior to incurring five consecutive One-Year
      Breaks in Service, the amount forfeited prior to the merger will be
      restored as follows:

            (i)   If the former Timberlake Plan participant received a
                  distribution of his or her entire vested balance
                  attributable to the Timberlake Plan not later than


                                        48

<PAGE>

                  the last day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year
                  during which his or her employment terminated, the amount
                  forfeited will be restored only if such participant repays
                  to the Plan the full amount distributed before the earlier
                  of five years following the date of his or her reemployment
                  with a Participating Employer as a Qualified Employee, or
                  the date on which he or she incurs five consecutive One-Year
                  Breaks in Service.

            (ii)  If clause (i) does not apply, the amount forfeited will be
                  restored upon such participant's completion of a Year of
                  Service.  No repayment to the Plan is required.

            (iii) Restoration of accounts pursuant to (i) or (ii) above will
                  be done in a manner similar to the manner described in
                  subparagraph (c).

      (f)   If amounts forfeited by a former Timberlake Plan participant are
      restored to such participant's separate account pursuant to subparagraph
      (e)(ii), or the unvested portion of a participant's separate account is
      being held pursuant to subparagraph (d), and such participant is not
      fully vested at the time of his or her subsequent termination, his or
      her vested interest in the portion of his separate account subject to
      vesting will not be less than the amount "X" determined by the formula:
      X = P (AB + (RxD)) - (RxD), where P is his or her vested percentage at
      the time of determination; AB is the value of the relevant portion of
      his or her separate account at the time of determination; D is the
      amount previously distributed; and R is the ratio of the relevant
      portion of the separate account at the time of determination, to such
      portion of the account immediately following the distribution.

(3)   Appointments of beneficiaries to receive the undistributed portion of
such separate accounts will be made in accordance with Section 8.2.

(4)   Distribution of such separate account following a former Timberlake Plan
participant's termination of employment or attainment of age 70-1/2 will be
made in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.

(5)   Former Timberlake Plan participants may make withdrawals from the
portion of a separate account established pursuant to paragraph (1) above that
is attributable to basic contributions under the Timberlake Plan, subject to
the following:

      (a)   Such participants may withdraw all or any portion of the
      withdrawable assets in their separate accounts at any time after
      attaining age 59-1/2.

      (b)   Prior to age 59-1/2, withdrawals will be permitted only for an
      immediate and heavy financial need of the participant for which funds
      are not reasonably available from other resources of the participant.
      If approved by the Administrator, such withdrawal will equal the lesser
      of (i) the amount required to be distributed to meet the need created by
      the hardship, (ii) the participant's basic contributions under the
      Timberlake Plan (less any amounts previously withdrawn by the
      participant, whether before or after the merger). The circumstances
      which may warrant approval of a participant's application for a hardship
      withdrawal are:



                                        49

<PAGE>

            (i)   Educational expenses for undergraduate education for the
                  participant or his or her dependents;

            (ii)  Medical expenses (to the extent not otherwise reimbursed
                  under any other medical care programs) incurred by the
                  participant or his or her dependents;

            (iii) Expenses for the purchase of a principal residence or major
                  alteration thereto; or

            (iv)  Such other circumstances as the Administrator may determine
                  to be within the intent of this section and permitted under
                  Code section 401(k).

      The determination of the existence of financial hardship and the amount
      required to be distributed to meet the need created by the hardship must
      be made in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.

      (c)   No more than one withdrawal under subparagraph (a) and one
      hardship withdrawal under subparagraph (b) will be permitted during any
      12-month period.



                                        50
<PAGE>












                             NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                      PROFIT SHARING TRUST AGREEMENT
                 (AS RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1994)



<PAGE>






                             NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                        PROFIT SHARING TRUST AGREEMENT


                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE

PREAMBLE...................................................................  1

ARTICLE I    GENERAL.......................................................  2

      1.1     Name of Trust................................................  2
      1.2     Acceptance of Trust..........................................  2
      1.3     Part of Plan.................................................  2
      1.4     Certification of Fiduciaries and Administrator...............  2
      1.5     Construction and Applicable Law..............................  2
      1.6     Board........................................................  2
      1.7     Committee....................................................  2

ARTICLE II   TRUST FUND....................................................  3

      2.1     Composition..................................................  3
      2.2     Contributions................................................  3
      2.3     Exclusive Benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries..........  3

ARTICLE III  TRUSTEE.......................................................  4

      3.1     General Responsibility.......................................  4
      3.2     Powers of Trustee............................................  5
      3.3     Compensation and Expenses....................................  7
      3.4     Records and Accountings......................................  8
      3.5     Record Retention.............................................  8

ARTICLE IV   INVESTMENTS...................................................  9

      4.1     General......................................................  9
      4.2     Appointment of Insurance Company as Investment Manager....... 10
      4.3     Appointment of Investment Adviser as Investment Manager...... 11
      4.4     Appointment of Bank as Investment Manager.................... 13
      4.5     Directions of Committee...................................... 15

ARTICLE V    CHANGE IN TRUSTEE............................................. 18

      5.1     Resignation.................................................. 18
      5.2     Removal...................................................... 18
      5.3     Successor.................................................... 18
      5.4     Duties on Succession......................................... 18
      5.5     Changes in Organization of Trustee........................... 18



<PAGE>






ARTICLE VI   MISCELLANEOUS................................................. 19

      6.1     Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated.................... 19
      6.2     Evidence..................................................... 19
      6.3     Dealings of Others With Trustee.............................. 19
      6.4     Insurance Company Not Party.................................. 19
      6.5     Audits....................................................... 19
      6.6     Successor Company............................................ 19
      6.7     Waiver of Notice............................................. 19
      6.8     Headings..................................................... 19
      6.9     Use of Compounds of Word "Here".............................. 19
      6.10    Construed as a Whole......................................... 19
      6.11    Counterparts................................................. 20

ARTICLE VII  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION..................................... 21

      7.1     No Diversion................................................. 21
      7.2     Amendment.................................................... 21
      7.3     Termination of Plan.......................................... 21
      7.4     Transfer to Other Funding Agency............................. 22




<PAGE>






                              NASH-FINCH COMPANY
                        PROFIT SHARING TRUST AGREEMENT


      This Trust Agreement is made and entered into as of January 1, 1994, by
and between NASH-FINCH COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
with trust powers, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                                 RECITALS:

      1.    The Company maintains the Nash-Finch Company Profit Sharing Plan
(the "Plan") and, in connection therewith, has previously created an
implementing trust.  An organization that is affiliated with the Company in a
manner specified in the Plan may adopt the Plan for the benefit of its
eligible employees and the Company and each such organization that has adopted
the Plan is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a "Participating
Employer."

      2.    The Trustee is the duly appointed and acting trustee of the trust.

      3.    In connection with the restatement of the Plan in the manner set
forth in the 1994 Revision thereof, the Company and the Trustee desire to
restate the terms of the agreement evidencing the trust.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:




                                        1
<PAGE>






                                  ARTICLE I
                                   GENERAL

1.1  NAME OF TRUST.  The name of the Trust evidenced by this Trust
Agreement is the "Nash-Finch Company Profit Sharing Trust" (the "Trust").

1.2  ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST.  The Trustee confirms its prior acceptance of
its appointment as trustee of the Trust.

1.3  PART OF PLAN.  This Trust forms a part of the Plan.  The Company
warrants that promptly upon the adoption of any amendment to the Plan it will
furnish the Trustee with a copy of the amendment and with an appropriate
certificate evidencing its due adoption.  The Company further agrees that no
amendment of the Plan will have the effect of changing the rights, duties or
obligations of the Trustee without its written consent.  The Trustee may rely
on the latest Plan document furnished it as above provided without further
inquiry or verification.

1.4  CERTIFICATION OF FIDUCIARIES AND ADMINISTRATOR.  The Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company will certify to the Trustee the names of
the Committee members and of each other person who has authority on behalf of
the Company to direct the Trustee as to disbursements from the Fund for
purposes of the Plan and to communicate with the Trustee with respect to any
other matter or matters relating to the Fund and will provide the Trustee with
a specimen signature of each such person.  Action by the Board of a
Participating Employer will be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Participating Employer.  The Trustee may rely on the latest
relevant certificate without further inquiry or verification.

1.5  CONSTRUCTION AND APPLICABLE LAW.  This Trust is intended to
constitute a qualified trust under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code") exempt from federal income tax under section
501(a) of the Code, and the Trustee may assume such, until advised to the
contrary.  The Company and the Trustee also intend that the Trust be in full
compliance with applicable requirements of the Code and the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and this
Agreement will be construed and administered consistent with such intent.  To
the extent that state law is not preempted by ERISA or any other laws of the
United States, this Agreement will also be construed, administered and
enforced according to the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without
regard to the conflict of law rules of the State of Minnesota or of any other
jurisdiction) and all controversies, disputes and claims arising under or in
connection with this Agreement will be submitted to the United States District
Court for the District of Minnesota.

1.6  BOARD.  The "Board" is the board of directors of the Company or other
Participating Employer in question.  When this Agreement provides for an
action to be taken by the Board, the action may be taken by any committee or
individual authorized to take such action pursuant to a proper delegation by
such board of directors.

1.7  COMMITTEE.  The "Committee" is the committee established pursuant to
the provisions of the Plan to carry out certain duties and responsibilities
related to the Plan and this Trust.  When this Agreement provides for an
action to be taken by the Committee, the action may be taken by any person who
is authorized to take such action pursuant to a proper delegation by the
Committee.



                                        2
<PAGE>






                                 ARTICLE II
                                 TRUST FUND

2.1  COMPOSITION.  All sums of money, securities and other property
acceptable to the Trustee and received by it to be held in trust under this
Agreement or under any prior version of this Agreement, as evidenced by its
receipts, from whatever source received, together with all investments made
therewith, the proceeds thereof, and all earnings and accumulations thereon,
and the part thereof from time to time remaining, will be held and
administered by the Trustee, in trust, in a fund referred to herein as the
"Fund," in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  The
Fund will be held, administered and disbursed by the Trustee without
distinction between principal and income.

2.2  CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Trustee has no duty to require that any
contributions be made to it, to determine that the contributions received by
it comply with the provisions of the Plan or with any applicable resolution of
the Board of any Participating Employer providing therefor, or to collect any
transfers or contributions payable to it pursuant to the Plan.  The
responsibility of the Trustee is limited to the sums of money, securities and
other property actually received by it.

2.3  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES. The Fund will be
used for the exclusive benefit of the participants and their beneficiaries
covered by the Plan.  Nothing contained in this Agreement, however, will be
construed to prevent any right of return or refund of assets of the Fund to a
Participating Employer as authorized under the Plan or to restrict the use of
such assets for the payment of taxes, expenses of administration or other
charges properly assessed against the Fund under the Plan or pursuant to this
Agreement.





                                        3
<PAGE>






                                 ARTICLE III
                                   TRUSTEE

3.1  GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY.  The general responsibilities of the Trustee
are as follows:

      (a)   Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
            Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion to manage and
            control the assets held in the Fund.

      (b)   The Trustee will hold, administer, invest and reinvest, and
            disburse the Fund in accordance with the powers and subject to the
            restrictions stated in this Agreement.

      (c)   The Trustee will disburse monies and other properties from the
            Fund in accordance with the direction of the Committee in such
            form as the Trustee may reasonably require.  The Trustee is not
            liable for any disbursement made by it pursuant to such directions
            and has no duty to make inquiry as to whether any disbursement
            made by it pursuant to any such direction is made pursuant to the
            provisions of the Plan.  The receipt of the payee will constitute
            a full acquittance to the Trustee.

      (d)   The Trustee has the responsibilities, if any, expressly allocated
            to it by the Plan.  Except as responsibilities may be expressly so
            allocated, the Trustee, in its capacity as such, has no
            responsibility or authority with respect to the operation and
            administration of the Plan, and the rights, powers and duties of
            the Trustee are governed solely by the terms of this Agreement
            without reference to the provisions of the Plan.

      (e)   The Trustee will reimburse the Company from the Fund for expenses
            incurred by the Company or any employee or agent thereof in
            connection with the administration of the Plan to the extent
            permitted by ERISA and the Code upon its receipt of written
            statements therefor in form acceptable to the Trustee.

      (f)   The Trustee will maintain separate investment funds and effect
            investment directions of Plan participants, beneficiaries of
            deceased participants and alternate payees under domestic
            relations orders that the Administrator has determined to be
            qualified under section 414(p) of the Code which directions are in
            accordance with the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement and
            such procedures as the Committee and the Trustee may from time to
            time establish.

      (g)   The Trustee will establish and maintain a trust account with
            respect to the Plan.  The Trustee will also establish and maintain
            such participant accounts and subaccounts as the Committee may
            direct and such other subaccounts as may be appropriate or
            desirable to aid in the administration of the Plan.  The Committee
            will give instructions to the Trustee specifying the participant
            accounts and subaccounts to which transfers and contributions are
            to be added and from which withdrawals, distributions or transfers
            are to be subtracted and the amounts thereof.

      (h)   The Trustee will provide such additional administrative services
            as may be agreed upon by the Company or the Committee and the
            Trustee.



                                        4
<PAGE>






3.2  POWERS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee has the right, power and authority to
take any action and to enter into and carry out every agreement with respect
to the Fund that it deems necessary or advisable to discharge its
responsibilities under this Agreement, and without limiting the generality of
the foregoing and in addition to all other rights, powers and authorities
expressly granted to the Trustee elsewhere in this Agreement, the Trustee has
the following rights, powers and authorities to be exercised in its absolute
discretion, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement -


      (a)   To hold securities and other properties in bearer form or in the
            name of a nominee or nominees without disclosing any fiduciary
            relationship; provided, however, that on the books and records of
            the Trustee such securities and properties will at all times be
            shown to be a part of the Fund, and no such registration or
            holding by the Trustee relieves it from liability for the safe
            custody and proper disposition of such securities and properties
            in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
            the requirements of ERISA, the Code and other applicable law.

      (b)   To sell, grant options to buy, transfer, assign, convey, exchange,
            mortgage, pledge, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the
            properties comprising the Fund at such prices and on such terms
            and in such manner as it may deem proper, and for terms within or
            extending beyond the duration of the Trust.

      (c)   To manage, administer, operate, lease for any number of years,
            regardless of any restrictions on leases made by fiduciaries,
            develop, improve, repair, alter, demolish, mortgage, pledge, grant
            options with respect to, or otherwise deal with any real property
            or interest therein at any time held by it; and to cause to be
            formed a corporation or trust to hold title to any such real
            property with such powers, all upon such terms and conditions as
            may be deemed advisable.

      (d)   To renew or extend or participate in the renewal or extension of
            any note, bond or other evidence of indebtedness, or any other
            contract or lease, or to exchange the same, or to agree to a
            reduction in the rate of interest or rent thereon or to any other
            modification or change in the terms thereof, or of the security
            therefor, or any guaranty thereof, in any manner and to any extent
            that it may deem advisable in its absolute discretion; to waive
            any default, whether in the performance of any covenant or
            condition of any such note, bond or other evidence of
            indebtedness, or any other contract or lease, or of the security
            therefor, and to carry the same past due or to enforce any such
            default as it may in its absolute discretion deem advisable; to
            exercise and enforce any and all rights to foreclose, to bid in
            property on foreclosure; to exercise and enforce in any action,
            suit, or proceeding at law or in equity any rights or remedies in
            respect to any such note, bond or other evidence of indebtedness,
            or any other contract or lease, or the security therefor; to pay,
            compromise, and discharge with the funds of the Fund any and all
            liens, charges, or encumbrances upon the same, in its absolute
            discretion, and to make, execute, and deliver any and all
            instruments, contracts, or agreements necessary or proper for the
            accomplishment of any of the foregoing powers.

      (e)   To borrow such sums of money for the benefit of the Fund from any
            lender upon such terms, for such period of time, at such rates of
            interest, and upon giving such collateral as it may determine; to
            secure any loan so made by pledge or mortgage of the trust
            property; and to renew existing loans.


                                        5
<PAGE>







      (f)   To use the assets of the Fund, whether principal or income, for
            the purpose of improving, maintaining or protecting property
            acquired by the Fund, and to pay, compromise and discharge with
            the assets of the Fund any and all liens, charges or encumbrances
            at any time upon the same.

      (g)   To hold uninvested reasonable amounts of cash whenever the Trustee
            determines it is advisable to do so to facilitate disbursements or
            for other operational reasons, and to deposit the same, with or
            without interest, in the commercial or savings departments of the
            Trustee or of any other bank, trust company or other financial
            institution including those affiliated with the Trustee.

      (h)   To receive, collect and give receipts for every item of income or
            principal of the Fund.

      (i)   To institute, prosecute, maintain or defend any proceeding at law
            or in equity concerning the Fund or the assets thereof, at the
            sole cost and expense of the Fund, and to compromise, settle and
            adjust any claims and liabilities asserted against or in favor of
            the Fund or of the Trustee; but the Trustee is under no duty or
            obligation to institute, maintain or defend any action, suit or
            other legal proceeding unless it has been indemnified to its
            satisfaction against any and all loss, cost, expense and liability
            it may sustain or anticipate by reason thereof.

      (j)   To vote all stocks and to exercise all rights incident to the
            ownership of stocks, bonds or other securities or properties held
            in the Fund and to issue proxies to vote such stocks; to enter
            into voting trusts for such period and upon such terms as it may
            determine; to give general or special proxies or powers of
            attorney, with or without substitution; to sell or exercise any
            and all subscription rights and conversion privileges; to sell or
            retain any and all stock dividends; to oppose, consent to or join
            in any plan of reorganization, readjustment, merger or
            consolidation in respect to any corporation whose stocks, bonds or
            other securities are a part of the Fund, including becoming a
            member of any stockholders' or bondholders' committee; to accept
            and hold any new securities issued pursuant to any plan of
            reorganization, readjustment, merger, consolidation or
            liquidation; to pay any assessments on stocks or securities or to
            relinquish the same; and to otherwise exercise any and all rights
            and powers to deal in and with the securities and properties held
            in the Fund in the same manner and to the same extent as any
            individual owner and holder thereof might do.

      (k)   To make application for any contract issued by an insurance
            company to be purchased under a Plan, to accept and hold any such
            contract, and to assign and deliver any such contract.

      (l)   To employ such agents, experts, counsel and other persons (any of
            whom may also be employed by or represent a Participating
            Employer) deemed by the Trustee to be necessary or proper for the
            administration of the Trust; to rely and act on information and
            advice furnished by such agents, experts, counsel and other
            persons; and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation for
            services to the Trust from the Fund.  Notwithstanding the
            foregoing, no person so serving may receive compensation from the
            Fund for fiduciary services if such person, natural or


                                        6
<PAGE>






            otherwise, is affiliated with the Company, and no person so
            serving who already receives full-time pay from any Participating
            Employer may receive compensation from the Fund for fiduciary
            services, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and
            actually incurred.

      (m)   To pay out of the Fund all real and personal property taxes,
            income taxes, and other taxes of any and all kinds levied or,
            assessed under existing or future laws against the Fund, without
            any approval or direction of the Company.

      (n)   To pay any estate, inheritance, income or other tax, charge or
            assessment attributable to any benefit which, in the Trustee's
            opinion, it is or may be required to pay out of such benefit; and
            to require, before making any payment, such release or other
            document from any taxing authority and such indemnity from the
            intended payee as the Trustee deems necessary for its protection.

      (o)   To retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without
            liability for the payment of interest, and to decline to make
            payment or delivery thereof until final adjudication is made by a
            court of competent jurisdiction.

      (p)   To provide ancillary services to the Trust for not more than
            reasonable compensation.

      (q)   To serve not only as Trustee but also in any other fiduciary
            capacity with respect to the Plan pursuant to such agreements or
            practices as the Trustee considers necessary or appropriate under
            the circumstances.

      (r)   To participate in and use the Federal Book-entry Account System (a
            service provided by the Federal Reserve Bank for its member banks
            for deposit of Treasury securities), or to use the Depository
            Trust Company, Midwest Trust Company or other generally accepted
            central depositories.

      (s)   To make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents of
            transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may
            be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers granted to the
            Trustee in this Agreement.

      (t)   To bring action before any court of competent jurisdiction for
            instructions with respect to any matter pertaining to the
            interpretation of this Agreement or the administration of the
            Fund.

3.3  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  The Trustee is entitled to receive such
reasonable compensation for its services as Trustee or in any other capacity
in connection with the Plan as may be agreed upon with the Company.  The
Trustee is entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary costs,
expenses and disbursements incurred by it in the performance of such services.
Such compensation and reimbursements will be charged to and paid out of the
Fund as an administrative expense, but if not so paid or if the Committee so
specifies, will be paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
proportions as the Committee determines.



                                        7
<PAGE>



3.4  RECORDS AND ACCOUNTINGS.  The Trustee will keep accurate and detailed
records and accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
transactions under this Agreement, and all records, books and accounts
relating thereto will be open to inspection by the Committee at all reasonable
times.  As soon as reasonably practicable following the close of each annual
accounting period of the Trust, and as soon as reasonably practicable after
the resignation or removal of a Trustee has become effective, the Trustee will
file with the Committee a written account setting forth all investments,
receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it during such
year, or during the part of the year to the date the resignation or removal is
effective, as the case may be, and containing a description of all securities
purchased and sold, the cost or net proceeds of sale, the securities and
investments held at the end of such period and the cost of each item thereof
as carried on the books of the Trustee.  The accounting will also furnish the
Committee such other information as the Trustee may possess and as may be
necessary to comply with the reporting requirements of ERISA.  If the fair
market value of an asset in the Fund is not available, when necessary for
accounting or reporting purposes the fair value of the asset will be
determined in good faith by the Trustee, assuming an orderly liquidation at
the time of such determination.  If there is a disagreement between the
Trustee and anyone as to any act or transaction reported in an accounting, the
Trustee has the right to have its account settled by a court of competent
jurisdiction.  The Trustee will make such other reports as may be agreed upon
with the Company or the Committee.

3.5  RECORD RETENTION.  The Trustee will retain its records relating to
the Trust as long as necessary for the proper administration thereof and at
least for any period required by ERISA or other applicable law.



                                        8
<PAGE>






                                 ARTICLE IV
                                 INVESTMENTS

4.1  GENERAL.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,
the Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion to invest and reinvest the
principal and income of the Fund in real or personal property of any kind and
will do so in accordance with ERISA and other applicable law.  The Trustee is
not limited by the laws of any state proscribing or limiting the investment of
trust funds by corporate or individual trustees in or to certain kinds, types
or classes of investments or limiting the value or proportion of the trust
assets that may be invested in any one property or kind, type or class of
investment.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing investments and
reinvestments are also subject to the following -

      (a)   Investments will be consistent with any funding policy or
            investment guidelines communicated to the Trustee in writing by
            the Committee pursuant to the Plan.  The Trustee may rely on the
            latest such communication received by it without further inquiry
            or verification.

      (b)   The Trustee may invest and reinvest principal and income of the
            Fund in common, preferred and other stocks of any corporation;
            voting trust certificates; interests in investment trusts,
            including, without limiting the generality thereof, participations
            issued by an investment company as defined in the Investment
            Company Act of 1940, as from time to time amended; bonds, notes
            and debentures, secured or unsecured; mortgages on real or
            personal property; conditional sales contracts; real estate and
            leases; and limited partnerships.

      (c)   The Trustee may invest and reinvest the principal and income of
            the Fund through any common or collective trust fund or pooled
            investment fund maintained by the Trustee for the collective
            investment of funds held by it in a fiduciary capacity.  The
            provisions of the document governing any such common or collective
            trust fund as it may be amended from time to time govern any
            investment therein and are hereby made a part of this Agreement.

      (d)   The Trustee may commingle for investment all or any part of the
            funds of the Fund with funds of other trusts entitled to tax
            exemption under section 501(a) of the Code established by the
            Company or any entity directly or indirectly controlling,
            controlled by, or under common control with the Company; provided
            that records are at all times maintained of the portion of the
            commingled funds properly allocable to each trust.

      (e)   The Trustee may invest and reinvest the principal and income of
            the Fund by investing in an annuity contract or contracts
            (including any agreement or agreements supplemental thereto)
            issued by an insurance company.

      (f)   The Trustee may engage in the writing, sale and buying in, of
            covered call option contracts; and the Trustee may acquire and may
            exercise options to purchase or sell securities or other assets.

      (g)   The Trustee may invest and reinvest principal and income of the
            Fund in deposits (including savings accounts, savings certificates
            and similar interest-bearing


                                        9
<PAGE>






            instruments or accounts) in itself or its affiliates, provided
            such deposits bear a reasonable rate of interest and otherwise
            comply with ERISA, the Code and other applicable law.

      (h)   The Declaration of Trust executed by Norwest Bank Minnesota,
            National Association on April 3, 1989, establishing the Norwest
            Bank Collective Funds for Employee Benefit Plans, is hereby made a
            part of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
            this Agreement, the Trustee may cause any part or all of the money
            of this Trust without limitation as to amount to be commingled
            with the money of trusts created by others and invested and
            reinvested as a part of any one or more of the funds heretofore or
            hereafter created by said Declaration of Trust.  Money of this
            Trust so added to any of the funds heretofore or hereafter created
            by said Declaration of Trust will be subject to all of the
            provisions of said Declaration of Trust as it is amended from time
            to time.

      (i)   The Trustee may purchase or sell financial futures contracts in
            transactions executed through a generally recognized commodities
            or securities exchange.

      (j)   The Trustee may transfer, at any time and from time to time, all
            or any part of the funds of the Trust to any trust which is
            qualified under section 401(a) and exempt under section 501(a) of
            the Code and is maintained as a medium for the pooling of a
            portion of the funds of pension and profit sharing trusts for
            diversifying investments, and may execute such documents and other
            instruments as may be necessary in connection therewith.  The
            terms and provisions of any such trust will, upon such transfer
            and execution, be incorporated by reference into this Agreement to
            the extent of the assets so transferred.

      (k)   The Trustee may participate in interest rate swaps.

4.2  APPOINTMENT OF INSURANCE COMPANY AS INVESTMENT MANAGER.  The
Committee may appoint one or more insurance companies that meet the
requirements of section 3(38) of ERISA to serve as an investment manager as
defined in ERISA.  The appointment of any such investment manager and
investment of the Fund pursuant to such appointment are subject to the
provisions of this Section 4.2, notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Agreement to the contrary.

      (a)   Written notice of each such appointment must be given to the
            Trustee a reasonable time in advance of the effective date of the
            appointment.

      (b)   The Committee will determine the terms of each contract to be
            entered into between such insurance company and the Trustee
            (including any agreement or agreements supplemental thereto)
            pursuant to which investment management services are to be
            performed by the insurance company.  On written direction of the
            Committee, the Trustee will make application for each such
            contract and will hold the contract as an asset of the Fund.

      (c)   The Trustee will pay such premiums to the insurance company
            pursuant to such contract as may be directed in writing by the
            Committee; provided, however, that no such payment will be made
            until the Trustee has been furnished with an


                                        10
<PAGE>



            acknowledgement in writing by the insurance company that it is a
            fiduciary with respect to the Plan and this Trust.

      (d)   Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Trustee and the
            Committee, the Trustee will take only such actions as
            contractholder of such contract as may be directed in writing by
            the Committee.

      (e)   Any direction by the Committee with respect to such contract will
            be complete as to the terms with respect thereto, it being
            intended that the Trustee will have no discretion whatsoever with
            respect to the provisions of such contract or actions taken
            pursuant thereto.

      (f)   The Participating Employers jointly and severally agree to
            indemnify the Trustee for and to hold it harmless against any and
            all liabilities, losses, costs or reasonable expenses (including
            legal fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may
            be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Trustee at any
            time by reason of actions taken in connection with any such
            contract in accordance with directions of an insurance company or
            action omitted because no such directions are given.  However, no
            such indemnification will be required in any case in which such
            liabilities, losses, costs or expenses are incurred by the Trustee
            because it participated knowingly in, or knowingly undertook to
            conceal, an act or omission of an insurance company acting as
            investment manager, knowing that such act or omission was a breach
            of fiduciary duty by said insurance company.  The Participating
            Employers have the right, but not the obligation, to select
            counsel and control the defense and settlement of any action
            against the Trustee for which the Trustee may be entitled to
            indemnification under this provision.

4.3  APPOINTMENT OF INVESTMENT ADVISER AS INVESTMENT MANAGER.  The
Committee may appoint one or more registered investment advisers under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 to serve as an investment manager as defined
in ERISA.  The appointment of any such investment manager and investment of
the Fund pursuant to such appointment are subject to the provisions of this
Section 4.3, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the
contrary.

      (a)   Written notice of each such appointment must be given to the
            Trustee a reasonable time in advance of the effective date of the
            appointment.  The notice will state what portion of the Fund is to
            be invested by the investment manager and will direct the Trustee
            to segregate such portion of the Fund into a separate account for
            the investment manager.  Each such separate account is referred to
            in this section as an "Investment Account."

      (b)   The Trustee will not act on any direction or instruction of the
            investment manager until the Trustee has been furnished with an
            acknowledgement in writing by the investment manager that it is a
            fiduciary with respect to the Plan and this Trust.

      (c)   There will be a written agreement between the Company or Committee
            and each investment manager.  The Trustee will receive a copy of
            each such agreement and all amendments thereto and will give
            written acknowledgement of receipt of same.  Alternatively, the
            Committee may direct the Trustee to enter into such agreement


                                        11
<PAGE>






            and any ancillary agreements that the Committee determines to be
            necessary or appropriate.  Each agreement with an investment
            manager will provide that:

            (1)   All directions given by an investment manager to the Trustee
                  will be in writing, signed by an officer or partner of the
                  investment manager or by such other person as may be
                  designated in writing by the investment manager; provided,
                  however, that the Trustee will accept oral directions for
                  the purchase or sale of securities, which will be confirmed
                  by such authorized personnel of the investment manager in
                  writing;

            (2)   All settlements of purchases and sales will be in the city
                  where the Trustee, or an agent thereof with custody of the
                  assets in question, is located, or such other place as the
                  Trustee may direct;

            (3)   In all events the Trustee, or an agent thereof, is to retain
                  physical custody of or title to all assets included in an
                  Investment Account; and

            (4)   The Committee, by written notice to the investment manager
                  and the Trustee, may modify or terminate the authority of
                  the investment manager.

      (d)   Payment of the cost of the acquisition, sale or exchange of any
            security or other property for an Investment Account will be
            charged to that Investment Account unless the agreement between
            the Company, Committee or Trustee and the investment manager
            provides otherwise.

      (e)   So long as the appointment of an investment manager is in effect,
            the investment manager has full power and authority to direct the
            Trustee as to, and full responsibility for, investment of its
            Investment Account and for the retention and disposition of any
            assets in its Investment Account.  Subject to any limitations in
            the agreement between the Company, Committee or Trustee and the
            investment manager, the investment manager has the same investment
            discretion as is accorded the Trustee under Section 4.1. The
            Trustee may invest any portion of an Investment Account that would
            otherwise be held in cash but has no obligation to do so.

      (f)   Unless the written agreement between the Company, Committee or
            Trustee and the investment manager expressly provides to the
            contrary, the Trustee has voting power with respect to all stocks
            and other securities in the Investment Account.

      (g)   The Trustee will make available to an investment manager copies of
            or extracts from such portions of its accounts, books or records
            relating to the Investment Account of such investment manager as
            the Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with
            the exercise of the investment manager's function, or as the
            Committee may direct.

      (h)   All charges (other than those covered in subsection (d) above)
            against each Investment Account will be made in such proportions
            as the Committee may direct from time to time.



                                        12
<PAGE>






      (i)   If the authority of an investment manager is terminated and a
            successor investment manager is not appointed, the assets held in
            its Investment Account may or may not continue to be segregated as
            the Trustee may determine.  Until receipt of written notice of the
            termination of the authority of an investment manager, the Trustee
            will be fully protected in assuming the continuing authority of
            such investment manager.

      (j)   Any direction by an investment manager must be complete as to the
            terms with respect thereto, it being intended that the Trustee has
            no obligation whatsoever to invest or otherwise manage any asset
            of an Investment Account.

      (k)   An investment adviser acting as investment manager is entitled to
            receive such reasonable compensation for services as may be agreed
            upon with the Committee.  Such compensation will be paid from the
            Fund if not paid directly by the participating Employers in such
            proportions as the Committee may determine.  The Trustee is not
            responsible for determining the reasonableness of any compensation
            paid to an investment adviser.

      (l)   The Participating Employers jointly and severally agree to
            indemnify the Trustee for and to hold it harmless against any and
            all liabilities, losses, costs or reasonable expenses (including
            legal fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may
            be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Trustee at any
            time by reason of action taken in accordance with directions of an
            investment manager or action omitted because no such directions
            are given.  However, no such indemnification will be required in
            any case in which such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses are
            incurred by the Trustee because it participated knowingly in, or
            knowingly undertook to conceal, an act or omission of an
            investment manager, knowing that such act or omission was a breach
            of fiduciary duty by said investment manager.  The Participating
            Employers have the right, but not the obligation, to select
            counsel and control the defense and settlement of any action
            against the Trustee for which the Trustee may be entitled to
            indemnification under this provision.

4.4  APPOINTMENT OF BANK AS INVESTMENT MANAGER.  The Committee may appoint
one or more banks that meet the requirements of Section 3(38) of ERISA to
serve as an investment manager as defined in said Act.  The appointment of any
such investment manager and investment of the Fund pursuant to such
appointment shall be subject to the following, notwithstanding any provisions
of this Trust Agreement to the contrary.

      (a)   Written notice of each such appointment must be given to the
            Trustee a reasonable time in advance of the effective date of the
            appointment.  The notice will state what portion of the Fund is to
            be invested by the investment manager and will direct the Trustee
            to segregate such portion of the Fund into a separate account for
            such bank.  Each such separate account is hereinafter in this
            section referred to as a "Bank Managed Account."

      (b)   The Trustee will not act on any direction of the bank until the
            Trustee has been furnished with an acknowledgment in writing by
            the bank that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan and this
            Trust.



                                        13
<PAGE>






      (c)   There will be a written agreement between the Company or Committee
            and each bank.  The Trustee will receive a copy of each such
            agreement and all amendments thereto and will give written
            acknowledgement or receipt of same.  Alternatively, the Committee
            may direct the Trustee to enter into such agreement and any
            ancillary agreements that the Committee determines to be necessary
            or appropriate.  Each agreement with a bank will provide that:

            (1)   All directions given by a bank to the Trustee will be in
                  writing, signed by an officer or partner of the bank or by
                  such other person as may be designated in writing by the
                  bank; provided, however, that the Trustee will accept oral
                  directions for the purchase or sale of securities, which
                  will be confirmed by such authorized personnel of the bank
                  in writing;

            (2)   All settlement of purchases and sales will be in the city
                  where the Trustee, or an agent thereof with custody of the
                  assets in question, is located, or such other place as the
                  Trustee may direct;

            (3)   In all events, the Trustee, or an agent thereof, is to
                  retain physical custody of or title to all of the assets
                  included in a Bank Managed Account; and

            (4)   The Committee, by written notice to the bank and the
                  Trustee, may modify or terminate the authority of the bank.

      (d)   Payment of the cost of the acquisition, sale or exchange of any
            security or other property for a Bank Managed Account will be
            charged to that Bank Managed Account unless the agreement between
            the Company, Committee or Trustee and the bank provides otherwise.

      (e)   So long as the appointment of a bank as investment manager is in
            effect, the bank has full power and authority to direct the
            Trustee as to, and responsibility for, investment of its Bank
            Managed Account and for the retention and disposition of any
            assets in its Bank Managed Account.  Subject to any limitations in
            the agreement between the Company, Committee or Trustee and the
            bank, the bank has the same investment discretion as is accorded
            the Trustee under Section 4.1.  The Trustee may invest any portion
            of a Bank Managed Account that would otherwise be held by it in
            cash but has no obligation to do so.

      (f)   Unless the written agreement between the Company, Committee or
            Trustee and the bank expressly provides to the contrary, the
            Trustee has voting power with respect to all stocks and other
            securities in the Bank Managed Account.

      (g)   The Trustee will make available to the bank serving as investment
            manager copies of or extracts from such portions of its accounts,
            books or records relating to the Bank Managed Account of such bank
            as the Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in connection
            with the exercise of the bank's function, or as the Committee may
            direct.



                                        14
<PAGE>






      (h)   All charges (other than those covered in subsection (d) above)
            against each Bank Managed Account will be made in such proportions
            as the Committee may direct from time to time.

      (i)   If the authority of a bank as investment manager is terminated and
            a successor investment manager is not appointed, the assets held
            in its Bank Managed Account may or may not continue to be
            segregated, as the Trustee may determine.  Until receipt of
            written notice of the termination of the authority of a bank as
            investment manager, the Trustee will be fully protected in
            assuming the continuing authority of such bank.

      (j)   Any direction by a bank as investment manager will be complete as
            to the terms with respect thereto, it being intended that the
            Trustee has no obligation whatever to invest or otherwise manage
            any asset of a Bank Managed Account.

      (k)   A bank acting as investment manager is entitled to receive such
            reasonable compensation for its services as may be agreed upon
            with the Committee.  Such compensation will be paid from the Fund
            if not paid directly by the Participating Employers in such
            proportions as the Committee determines.  The Trustee is not
            responsible for determining the reasonableness of any compensation
            to be paid to a bank.

      (l)   The Participating Employers jointly and severally agree to
            indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any
            and all liabilities, losses, costs or expenses (including legal
            fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may be
            imposed on, reasonably incurred by, or asserted against the
            Trustee at any time by reason of actions of a bank as investment
            manager, actions taken in accordance with directions of such bank,
            or action omitted because no such directions are given.  However,
            no such indemnification will be required in any case in which such
            liabilities, losses, costs or expenses are incurred by the Trustee
            because it participated knowingly in, or knowingly undertook to
            conceal, an act or omission of a bank acting as investment
            manager, knowing such act or omission was a breach of fiduciary
            duty by said bank.  The Participating Employers have the right,
            but not the obligation, to select counsel and control the defense
            and settlement of any action against the Trustee for which the
            Trustee may be entitled to indemnification under this provision.

4.5  DIRECTIONS OF COMMITTEE.  The Committee, as a named fiduciary, will
direct the Trustee as to the establishment of three or more separate
investment funds in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and may otherwise
direct the Trustee as to the investment and reinvestment of all or a part of
the Fund, subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.5,
notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary.

      (a)   Written notice of each such direction must be given to the Trustee
            a reasonable time in advance of the effective date of the
            direction.  Such notice will state what portion of the Fund is to
            be invested by the Committee and will direct the Trustee to
            segregate such portion of the Fund into a separate account for the
            Committee.  Each such separate account is referred to in this
            section as a "Committee Account."



                                        15
<PAGE>






      (b)   All directions given by the Committee to the Trustee must be in
            writing, signed by the duly authorized person or persons; provided
            that the Trustee will accept oral directions for the purchase or
            sale of securities which will be confirmed by such authorized
            personnel in writing.

      (c)   All settlements of purchases and sales are to be in the city where
            the Trustee, or an agent thereof with custody of the assets in
            question, is located, or such other place as the Trustee may
            direct.

      (d)   In all events the Trustee or an agent thereof is to retain
            physical custody of or title to all assets comprising a Committee
            Account.

      (e)   Payment of the cost of the acquisition, sale or exchange of any
            security for a Committee Account will be charged to such Account.

      (f)   The Committee has full power and authority to direct the Trustee
            as to, and full responsibility for, investment of each Committee
            Account and for the retention and disposition of any assets at any
            time included in each Committee Account.  The Committee has the
            same investment discretion as is accorded the Trustee under
            Section 4.1 of this Agreement.  The Trustee may invest any portion
            of a Committee Account that would otherwise be held in cash but
            has no obligation to do so.

      (g)   The Trustee has the voting power with respect to all stocks and
            other securities in a Committee Account except to the extent
            written directions by the Committee to the Trustee grant voting
            power to the Committee.

      (h)   The Trustee will make available to the Committee copies of or
            extracts from such portions of its accounts, books or records
            relating to any Committee Account as the Committee may direct.

      (i)   All charges (other than those covered in subsection (e) above)
            against each Committee Account will be made in such proportions as
            the Committee may direct from time to time.

      (j)   Any direction by the Committee must be complete as to its terms,
            it being intended that the Trustee will have no obligation
            whatsoever to invest or otherwise manage any asset of a Committee
            Account.

      (k)   The Trustee will follow all proper directions of the Committee
            which are made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and
            which are not contrary to Title I of ERISA.

      (l)   The Participating Employers jointly and severally agree to
            indemnify the Trustee for and to hold it harmless against any and
            all liabilities, losses, costs or reasonable expenses (including
            legal fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may
            be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Trustee at any
            time by reason of actions taken in accordance with directions of
            the Committee in connection with a Committee Account or action
            omitted because no such directions are given.  However, no such
            indemnification will be required in any case in which


                                        16
<PAGE>






            such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses are incurred by the
            Trustee because it participated knowingly in, or knowingly
            undertook to conceal, an act or omission by the Committee, knowing
            that such act or omission was a breach of fiduciary duty of the
            Committee.  The Participating Employers have the right, but not
            the obligation, to select counsel and control the defense and
            settlement of any action against the Trustee for which the Trustee
            may be entitled to indemnification under this provision.





                                        17
<PAGE>






                                  ARTICLE V
                             CHANGE IN TRUSTEE

5.1  RESIGNATION.  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving 90 days'
advance written notice to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel
with a copy to the Treasurer.

5.2  REMOVAL.  The Company may remove the Trustee by giving 30 days'
advance written notice to the Trustee.

5.3  SUCCESSOR.  In the event of the resignation or removal of the
Trustee, the Company will promptly appoint a successor.  If no appointment of
a successor is made by the Company within a reasonable time after resignation
or removal of the Trustee, any court of competent jurisdiction may appoint a
successor, after such notice, if any, solely to the Company and the retiring
Trustee, as such court may deem proper and suitable.  The retiring Trustee
will be furnished with written notice from the Company or the court, as the
case may be, of the appointment of the successor, and will also be furnished
with written evidence of the successor's acceptance of the trusteeship.  Only
then will the retiring Trustee cease to be such.

5.4  DUTIES ON SUCCESSION.  Every successor Trustee accepting a
trusteeship under this Agreement has all the right, title, powers, duties,
exemptions, and limitations of the predecessor Trustee under this Agreement.
No predecessor Trustee has any right, title, or interest in the Fund except as
provided in this Section 5.4.  The Trustee will, upon the appointment and
acceptance of a successor Trustee, transfer and deliver the assets of the Fund
to the successor, after reserving such reasonable amount as it deems necessary
to provide for its fees and expenses and any sums chargeable against the Fund
for which it may be liable.  Any predecessor Trustee will do all acts
necessary to vest title of record in the successor Trustee.  If any assets in
the Fund have been invested in a common or collective trust fund, the
predecessor will cause such investment to be liquidated at the earliest
practical time after notice has been given or received by the predecessor of
the resignation or removal.  No person becoming a Trustee under this Agreement
will be in any way liable or responsible for anything done or omitted to be
done by any Trustee prior to such person's acceptance of the trusteeship, nor
will such person have any duty to examine the administration of the Trust
prior to such acceptance.

5.5  CHANGES IN ORGANIZATION OF TRUSTEE.  If any corporate trustee acting
under this Agreement is merged with another corporation or association, or is
succeeded by another corporation or association, through consolidation or
otherwise, the acquiring corporation or association will thereupon become
Trustee under this Agreement.  If any corporate trustee acting under this
Agreement sells and transfers substantially all of its assets and business to
another corporation or association, the acquiring corporation or association
will thereupon become Trustee under this Agreement.  When authorized by
statute or court order any corporate trustee acting hereunder may permit
itself to be succeeded as such corporate trustee by another corporation or
association in which case the acquiring corporation or association will
thereupon become Trustee under this Agreement.  In each case the acquiring
corporation or association will be Trustee of the Trust as though specifically
so named in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 5.5, an acquiring corporation or association will become Trustee
hereunder only if it has trust powers and is formed under the laws of the
United States of America or any subdivision thereof.



                                        18
<PAGE>






                                 ARTICLE VI
                               MISCELLANEOUS

6.1  BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR ALIENATED.  Except as otherwise
expressly permitted by the Plan or required by law, the interests of
participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan or this Agreement may not
in any manner whatsoever be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, or directly or indirectly.

6.2  EVIDENCE.  Evidence required of anyone under this Agreement may be by
certificate, affidavit, document, or other instrument which the person acting
in reliance thereon considers to be pertinent and reliable, and to be signed,
made, or presented by the proper party.

6.3  DEALINGS OF OTHERS WITH TRUSTEE.  No person (corporate or individual)
dealing with the Trustee is required to see to the application of any money
paid or property delivered to the Trustee or to determine whether the Trustee
is acting pursuant to any authority granted to it under this Agreement.

6.4  INSURANCE COMPANY NOT PARTY.  No insurance company that issues a
contract held by the Trustee will be construed to be a party to this
Agreement, nor will such insurance company have any responsibility for the
validity of this Agreement.  An insurance company to which an application may
be submitted by the Trustee may accept such application and has no duty to
make any investigation or inquiry regarding the authority of the Trustee to
make such application or any amendment thereto or to inquire as to whether a
person on whose life any contract is to be issued is entitled to such contract
under the Plan.

6.5  AUDITS.  The Committee has the right to cause the books, records, and
accounts of the Trustee that relate to the Trust to be examined and audited by
independent auditors designated by the Committee at such times as the
Committee may determine, and the Trustee will make such books, records, and
accounts available for such purposes at all reasonable times.

6.6  SUCCESSOR COMPANY.  If a successor to the Company or a purchaser of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets elects to continue the Trust,
such successor or purchaser will be substituted for the Company under this
Agreement.

6.7  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Any notice required under this Agreement may be
waived by the person entitled thereto.

6.8  HEADINGS.  Headings at the beginning of articles and sections are for
convenience of reference, will not be considered a part of this Agreement and
will not influence its construction.

6.9  USE OF COMPOUNDS OF WORD "HERE".  Use of the words "hereof",
"herein", "hereunder", or similar compounds of the word "here" mean and refer
to the entire Agreement unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

6.10 CONSTRUED AS A WHOLE.  The provisions of this Agreement will be
construed as a whole in such manner as to carry out the provisions thereof and
will not be construed separately without relation to the context.



                                        19
<PAGE>






6.11 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original.  Such counterparts
will constitute but one and the same instrument, which may be sufficiently
evidenced by any one counterpart.




                                        20
<PAGE>






                                 ARTICLE VII
                          AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1  NO DIVERSION.  The Fund will be for the exclusive purpose of
providing benefits to participants under the Plan and their beneficiaries and
defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.  No part of the
corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of participants under the Plan or their
beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

      (a)   If any contribution or portion thereof is made by a Participating
            Employer by a mistake of fact, the Trustee will, upon written
            request of the Committee, return such contribution or portion
            thereof to the Participating Employer within one year after the
            payment of the contribution to the Trustee.  However, earnings
            attributable to such contribution or portion thereof will not be
            returned to the Participating Employer but will remain in the
            Fund, and the amount returned to the Participating Employer will
            be reduced by any losses attributable to such contribution or
            portion thereof.

      (b)   Contributions by a Participating Employer are conditioned upon
            initial qualification of the Plan as to such Participating
            Employer under section 401(a) of the Code.  If the Plan receives
            an adverse determination letter with respect to such initial
            qualification, the Trustee will, upon written request of the
            Committee, return the amount of such contribution to the
            Participating Employer within one year after the date of denial of
            qualification of the Plan.  For this purpose, the amount to be so
            returned will be the contributions actually made, adjusted for the
            investment experience of, and any expenses chargeable against, the
            portion of the Fund attributable to the contributions actually
            made.

      (c)   Contributions by the Participating Employers are conditioned upon
            the deductibility of each contribution under section 404 of the
            Code.  To the extent the deduction is disallowed, the Trustee will
            return such contribution (to the extent disallowed) to the
            Participating Employer within one year after the disallowance of
            the deduction.  However, earnings attributable to such
            contribution (or disallowed portion thereof) will not be returned
            to the Participating Employer but will remain in the Trust Fund,
            and the amount returned to the Participating Employer will be
            reduced by any losses attributable to such contribution (or
            disallowed portion thereof).  Return of non-deductible
            contributions will be made in accordance with the requirements of
            Revenue Procedure 90-49 or any other applicable regulations or
            procedures.

7.2  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended at any time or from time to
time and in any manner by written agreement of the Trustee and the Company,
and the provisions of any such amendment may be made applicable to the Fund as
constituted at the time of the amendment as well as to the part of the Fund
subsequently acquired.

7.3  TERMINATION OF PLAN.  If the Plan is terminated, this Trust will
nevertheless continue in effect until the Fund has been distributed in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan pursuant to directions under
Section 3.1(c).



                                        21
<PAGE>






7.4  TRANSFER TO OTHER FUNDING AGENCY.  If pursuant to directions under
Section 3.1(c), the entire Fund is transferred to a funding agency for the
Plan that is not a trustee, this Trust will thereupon terminate.



                                        22
<PAGE>






      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Trustee have caused this Agreement
to be executed by their duly authorized officers and their respective
corporate seals to be hereunto affixed as of the day and year first above
written.


                                    NASH-FINCH COMPANY


(Corporate Seal)                    By_______________________________________
                                      Its____________________________________


                                    And______________________________________
                                      Its____________________________________



                                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                    ASSOCIATION


(Corporate Seal)                    By_______________________________________
                                      Its____________________________________


                                    And______________________________________
                                      Its____________________________________






                                        23
<PAGE>






STATE OF MINNESOTA      )
                        ) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN      )

On this _____ day of December, 1993, before me personally appeared
___________________________ and ______________________, to me personally
known, who, being each by me duly sworn, did say that they are respectively
the ______________________________ and _______________________ of NASH-FINCH
COMPANY, the corporation named in the foregoing instrument, and that the seal
affixed to said instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that
said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by
authority of its Board of Directors, and they acknowledged said instrument to
be the free act and deed of said corporation.



                                    Notary Public,_____________________________
                                    Hennepin County, Minnesota
                                    My commission expires______________________


STATE OF MINNESOTA      )
                        ) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN      )

On this _____ day of December, 1993, before me personally appeared
___________________________ and ______________________, to me personally
known, who, being each by me duly sworn, did say that they are respectively
the _________________________________ and _______________________ of NORWEST
BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, the national banking association named
in the foregoing instrument, and that the seal affixed to said instrument is
the corporate seal of said association, and that said instrument was signed
and sealed in behalf of said association by authority of its Board of
Directors, and they acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed
of said association.



                                    Notary Public,_____________________________
                                    Hennepin County, Minnesota
                                    My commission expires______________________


This document was drafted by
OPPENHEIMER WOLFF & DONNELLY
3400 Plaza VII Building
45 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402



                                        24
<PAGE>









                                        25

<PAGE>
                               NASH FINCH COMPANY
                         EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE BONUS AND
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

             (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 31, 1993.)


 1.       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The purpose of this Executive Incentive Bonus and
Deferred Compensation Plan is to increase the interest of the Company's top
executives and key employees in continuing their employment and to increase
their incentive in the management, growth and success of the business by giving
such employees an opportunity to participate in the profits and growth of the
business in the same manner as if they were shareholders. The term "Company" as
used in this Plan includes Nash Finch Company and each of its present and future
subsidiaries.

 2.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. This Plan will be administered by the
Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors. Members of
the Committee shall not be eligible to vote on any resolution relating to their
individual eligibility to participate in the Plan or individual contract. The
Committee is empowered to make such rules and regulations and interpretations as
may be necessary to carry out the Plan, and its decisions by majority vote shall
be binding and conclusive upon all persons participating in this Plan or
claiming any rights thereunder. A majority of the members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and all actions taken at a
meeting shall be by the vote of a majority of those present at such meeting. Any
action may be taken by the Committee without a meeting upon written consent
signed by all the members of the Committee. The Committee shall authorize
records required to be maintained under the Plan. The form of the agreement
under this Plan to be entered into with employees shall be approved by the
Committee.

 3.       PARTICIPANTS. The Committee shall determine from time to time which
executives or key employees of the Company or any subsidiary shall participate
in the Plan. Participants may include (a) directors who are fulltime officers or
employees of the Company, (b) fulltime officers and other executive employees of
the Company or any subsidiary, and (c) any other fulltime executives or key
employees of the Company or any subsidiary selected by the Committee for any
calendar year, established by the Committee pursuant to its rules and
regulations.

 4.       PROCEDURE FOR SELECTION OF PARTICIPANTS. At the end of each year or at
such time as the Committee shall establish under its rules and regulations, the
Committee shall, exclusive of any participants who may be members of the
Committee, select the participants to whom allotments are to be made for such
year. The selection of a participant for any year shall not entitle such
participant to an allotment for any subsequent year for which he is not selected
for an allotment.

<PAGE>

 5.       AMOUNT OF ALLOTMENTS. As of the end of each year, the Committee shall
allot to the participants selected for such year from the amount of the
Incentive Bonus Fund for that year as hereinafter determined, such amount as the
Committee in its sole discretion deems to be advisable and appropriate, but not
more than 33-1/3% of each participant's basic annual salary from the Company or
any subsidiary for such year shall be allotted to him. The Committee shall
notify each participant promptly in writing of any allotment made to him. Such
allotment shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the
participant if such allotment is the first for such participant, or such
allotment shall be included as part of the agreement for any prior year entered
into between the Company and the participant. Each allotment shall be
contingently credited and converted into share equivalents, as further provided
herein, and shall be distributable only in the manner and subject to the
conditions set forth herein. The entire amount of each allotment to each
participant shall be contingently credited to him at the end of each year. The
portion of the Incentive Bonus Fund for any year in excess of the maximum
limitation for all participants, as determined by the Committee, shall be
cancelled. In order to qualify for an allotment, a participant must be actively
employed by the Company, or be on an approved leave of absence, on the last day
of the year for which the allotment is made.

The allotments to participants for any year shall be made from an Incentive
Bonus Fund computed to be 5% of the excess, if any, of the consolidated net
income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the year over 6% of
the stockholders' equity as shown in the consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the end of the preceding year as
certified by the Company's independent certified public accountants. No
Incentive Bonus Fund shall be computed if the consolidated net income of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for a year does not exceed 6% of the
stockholders' equity at the end of the preceding year. However, the Committee
may, in its discretion and by appropriate action, authorize an Incentive Bonus
Fund of any amount for such year in the event that the amount of the Incentive
Bonus Fund computed under the formula for such year is zero or an insignificant
amount in the judgment of the Committee. "Consolidated net income" as used
herein, shall mean the amount of the net earnings as shown in the consolidated
statement of earnings of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the
year as certified by the Company's independent certified public accountants
subject, however, to the discretion of the Committee to exclude all or any items
of material amount therein applicable to any prior year.

6.        CONVERSION OF ALLOTMENTS INTO SHARE EQUIVALENTS AND CREDIT OF DIVIDEND
AND INTEREST EQUIVALENTS. Each allotment contingently credited to a participant
shall be converted into an equivalent number of shares of the common stock of
the Company (the "Common Stock"). Commencing with any such allotment for 1993,
and for subsequent years, the number of such share equivalents shall be
determined by dividing (a) the amount of the allotment by (b) the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

average, rounded to the nearest one-tenth of a cent ($.001), of the closing
sales prices per share for the Common Stock reported by the NASDAQ National
Market System, or such other stock exchange or market on which the Common Stock
may be listed at any particular time (the "Average Price"), for the last
calendar quarter of the year for which the allotment is made. The number of
share equivalents so determined shall be computed to four decimal places. For
purposes of determining the Average Price, the closing sales price for any
trading day for which there are no reported sales of the Common Stock shall be
deemed to be the last previously reported closing sales price.

Each participant shall also be contingently credited as of the end of each year
with an amount equal to the product of (x) the total dividends per share on the
Common Stock declared in such year multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of
share equivalents contingently credited to the said participant as of the
beginning of such year. The amount so determined and credited shall be converted
to additional share equivalents in the manner stated in the preceding paragraph
using the Average Price for the last calendar quarter of such year. In the event
that the authorized shares of Common Stock are split or changed in any manner by
reason of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, stock split, stock
dividend, or recapitalization, then the number of share equivalents and the
market value equivalent thereof contingently credited to each participant shall
be appropriately adjusted.

The methods for determining share equivalents to be credited to participants, as
set forth in the preceding two paragraphs of this Section 6, shall be effective
for allotments and dividend equivalents contingently credited to participants
for 1993 and subsequent years. Further, the total "cash" balances contingently
credited to participants' accounts for 1992 and prior years for (i) dividends
declared and (ii) partial share equivalents, shall be converted as of December
31, 1993, into additional share equivalents in the manner stated in the first
paragraph of this Section 6, using the Average Price for the last calendar
quarter of 1993. The conversion of allotments for 1992 and prior years into
share equivalents shall remain as originally determined; that is, on the basis
of the last available closing market quotation price per share for the Common
Stock for the applicable year.

In the event that a participant's allotment and dividend equivalents are to be
distributed to the participant in more than one (1) installment, then the
participant shall be paid an amount, within fifteen (15) days of the end of each
quarter of the calendar year, equal to the interest which would have accrued
during the quarter on the unpaid balance due the participant at the end of such
calendar quarter. The interest rate shall equal the prime interest rate charged
by Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. on the last business day of each quarter. For
example, assume that the unpaid balance due a

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

participant on December 31, Year I is $240,000 and that the participant will
receive monthly payments of $2,000 for a ten (10) year period beginning in Year
II. Further assume that the prime interest rates in effect on the last business
day of March, June, September and December, Year II, are 6-1/4%, 6-3/4%, 7-1/4%
and 7-3/4%, respectively. During Year II, the participant will be due the
following additional interest equivalency payments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Quarterly Interest
                                               Equivalency Payments
                                               --------------------
   <S>                                         <C>
   1st Quarter -- $ 234,000 x .0625 x .25    =    $ 3,656.25
   2nd Quarter --   228,000 x .0675 x .25    =      3,847.50
   3rd Quarter --   222,000 x .0725 x .25    =      4,023.75
   4th Quarter --   216,000 x .0775 x .25    =      4,185.00
</TABLE>

 7.       TERMS OF AGREEMENTS. Each agreement authorized under this Plan shall
cover a period of one year unless additional allotments are made in any
subsequent year in which case such agreement shall also constitute an agreement
for such subsequent year or years. Each agreement shall provide that (a) the
participant will continue in full-time employment with the Company or a
subsidiary until age 65 or other age approved and authorized by the Committee
but in no case earlier than age 60, (b) the participant will, upon retirement,
agree to be available for consultation during the period that he is receiving
distributions hereunder, (c) the participant will refrain from actively
participating or engaging in any business in competition with the Company or any
subsidiary, (d) the participant will agree to the terms of accumulation and
distribution of his allotments, and (e) the participant will agree to be bound
concurrently with the Company under this Plan and the rules and regulations of
the Committee promulgated thereunder.

8.        FORFEITURES. Upon termination of a participant's service with the
Company or a subsidiary prior to age 65, such participant shall forfeit 50% of
all allotments and dividend equivalents contingently credited to him in any year
except that such forfeiture shall not apply in the case of termination of
service (a) attributable to death, disability, or discharge without cause, (b)
for any reason after the participant has attained age 60, or (c) attributable to
any reason approved by the Committee. The entire amount of a participant's
allotments, dividend equivalents, and interest equivalents shall be forfeited
and cancelled if, without the prior written consent of the Company, the
participant at any time prior to his termination of service, or during the
period that he is receiving distributions hereunder, actively participates or
engages in any business in competition with the Company or any subsidiary or
fails to hold himself available for consultation, or if the employment of the
participant is terminated at any time prior to age 65 because of evidence of
dishonesty or mistrust in his employment or because of his involvement in a
crime or misdemeanor against the

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

Company or any subsidiary or any employee thereof for which he is convicted or
which he has confessed in writing to the Company or to any law enforcement
agency. Allotments and dividend equivalents contingently credited to a
participant, as well as interest equivalents, that shall have been forfeited by
such participant shall be cancelled and shall not thereafter be reallotted to
any other participant.

 9.       DISTRIBUTION OF ALLOTMENTS. Distribution of the allotments and
dividend equivalents contingently credited to and accumulated for the benefit
of, a participant as of the end of the year in which termination of his service
occurs, or as of an earlier date of retirement or other date of termination
which does not entitle him to participate under this Plan for such year, shall
be made by payments in cash in such manner and on such dates as determined by
the Committee in its sole discretion immediately prior to the date the first
payment is due or, if the Committee shall not have made such prior determination
as aforesaid, then in equal monthly installments over a period of 120 months
commencing with the second month following the month or following the end of the
year of termination of service, whichever is applicable. Such installment
payments shall also include an additional sum representing interest equivalency
pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

In the event that a participant dies after retirement but before any or all
payments have been made, all remaining payments shall be made to the person or
persons or the survivors thereof as designated by the participant pursuant to
his agreement with the Company. The Committee shall cause the Company to make
such payments in the manner of payment then in effect pursuant to said
agreement, or in one or more installments, as the Committee in its sole
discretion may then determine. The Company shall deduct from the amount of all
payments made under this Plan any taxes required to be withheld under federal,
state or local laws.

The amount distributable to a participant shall be the greater of (a) the amount
at which the participant's total share equivalents were contingently credited to
the participant, or (b) an amount equal to the product of (x) the total share
equivalents contingently credited to the participant multiplied by (y) the
Average Price of the Common Stock for either (i) the calendar quarter ending on
the date of termination (if the participant's date of termination is the last
day of a calendar quarter or the next following day) or (ii) the last
sixty-three (63) days U.S. stock markets are open for the trading of shares
prior to or coinciding with the date of termination (if the participant's date
of termination is not the last day of a calendar quarter or the next following
day).

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

10.       RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS. No participant or any other person shall
acquire or have any interest in any fund or in any specific asset or assets of
the Company or any subsidiary by reason of any allotments to him hereunder, nor
any right to receive any distribution under this Plan, except as and to the
extent expressly provided in the Plan. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to
give any officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary any right to
participate in the Plan except to such extent, if any, as the Committee may
determine in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. The adoption of this
Plan or the authorization and execution of an agreement thereunder shall not be
held or construed to confer upon any employee any right or guarantee of
continuation of employment by the Company or any subsidiary, nor shall it affect
in any way the terms of any employment agreement now or hereafter in effect
between the employee and the Company or a subsidiary and, further, it shall not
confer upon any participant any rights of a shareholder by reason of the share
equivalents contingently credited to him under this Plan.

11.       NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF AGREEMENT. The agreement authorized under this
Plan when entered into between the Company and the employee shall not be
assignable or otherwise subject to hypothecation by the employee, nor shall the
employee acquire any rights to any distributable amount thereunder except as
provided in this Plan and such agreement. Such agreement shall continue in force
under its terms whether or not this Plan is amended or terminated, and shall
constitute a legally enforceable contract between the Company and the employee
during the period of its existence.

12.       AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Committee may amend or
discontinue this Plan at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of such
Committee who are not participants under this Plan. No amendment, however, shall
alter or impair any agreement then in force without the consent of the employee
covered thereby, and no amendment shall apply to or affect the payment or
distribution of any participant of any amounts contingently credited to him for
any year ended prior to the effective date of such amendment. Termination of the
Plan shall not affect the agreements theretofore entered into between the
Company and its employees, but all such agreements shall continue in force after
the termination of this Plan in accordance with their terms and provisions.

13.       EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN. This Plan shall become effective upon the
approval of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company at
any regular or special meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, called and held
before December 31, 1967, and shall remain in effect until terminated by the
Board of Directors.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

14.       CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Section 14, a "Change in
Control" of the Company shall mean (a) the sale, lease, exchange or other
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one
transaction or in a series of related transactions) to any person that is not
controlled by the Company, (b) the approval by the stockholders of the Company
of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or
(c) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported
(assuming such event has not been "previously reported") in response to Item
1(a) of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on May 1, 1988, pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting
requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall
be deemed to have occurred at such time as (x) any person is or becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's
outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of
directors; or (y) individuals who constitute the Board of Directors on May 1,
1988, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided
that any person becoming a director subsequent to May 1, 1988, whose election,
or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote
of at least a majority of the directors comprising the Board of Directors on May
1, 1988, (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the
Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without
objection to such nomination) shall be, for purpose of this clause (y),
considered as though such person were a member of the Board of Directors on
May 1, 1988.

The Company expressly recognizes that a Change in Control of the Company would
be likely to result in a material alteration or diminution of a participant's
position and responsibilities, and if that were to occur, certain of the terms
of this Plan would be unreasonable or unfair in their application to
participants.

Accordingly, if, during the term of this Plan any Change in Control of the
Company shall occur, the following provisions shall be applicable and shall
supersede all other provisions of this Plan:

          a.  CURRENT ALLOTMENTS. Notwithstanding provisions to the contrary in
Section 5 and without any need for formal action by the Company, the amounts
credited to and accumulated for the benefit of a participant under this Plan
shall be increased to include an amount equal to the amount allotted to such
participant with respect to the calendar year immediately preceding the
occurrence of the Change in Control;

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

          b.  FORFEITURES. The provisions of Section 8 shall lapse and shall
have no further applicability to any participant; and

          c.  ACCELERATION. All amounts credited to and accumulated for the
benefit of a participant (or other person receiving payments or entitled to
receive payments under Section 9, such other person to be hereinafter called
"other recipient"), including the current allotment provided in Section 14a, if
any, shall become due and payable and shall be paid in full on the day the
Change in Control becomes effective unless a participant or other recipient,
prior thereto, shall notify the Committee, in writing, that such participant or
other recipient waives the right to acceleration in which case the provision of
Section 9 shall continue to apply to such participant or other recipient. In
effecting such payment, the Committee may make such arrangements, including
deposits in escrow or in trust in advance of the anticipated effective date of
the Change in Control, as it may deem advisable to carry out the foregoing and
to protect the interests of the Company in the event such Change in Control does
not occur.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                            EXCERPTS FROM MINUTES OF
                          BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEETING OF
                              NASH-FINCH COMPANY ON
                                FEBRUARY 22, 1994



The Chairman then announced that the next item of business concerned
compensation paid to outside directors, and called upon Mr. Flaten to report the
recommendation of the Executive Committee. Mr. Flaten offered the following
resolution and moved its adoption:


     RESOLVED, that effective as of March 1, 1994, outside members of the Board
     of Directors of the Company be compensated at the rate of $1,000 plus
     reasonable expenses incurred for each meeting of the Board of Directors of
     the Company attended, $1,000 per month retainer and $600 plus reasonable
     expenses incurred for attendance at meetings of committees of the Board
     unless the committee meeting is held on the same day as a Board meeting or
     is held by telephone conference, in which cases the fee shall be $400. For
     the purposes of this resolution, an outside director is defined as any
     director who is not a present full time employee of Nash Finch Company or
     its subsidiaries.

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that upon becoming effective, the foregoing resolution
     shall supersede any resolution heretofore adopted by this Board of
     Directors pertaining to compensation of outside directors.

The above resolution was seconded by Mr. Nash and, upon vote being taken, all
present voted unanimously in favor thereof and the same was declared duly
adopted.

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.17






                              NASH FINCH COMPANY
                             INCOME DEFERRAL PLAN




<PAGE>


                                 NASH FINCH COMPANY
                                INCOME DEFERRAL PLAN

                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1    DESCRIPTION...................................................  1

       1.1   Plan Name.....................................................  1
       1.2   Plan Purpose..................................................  1
       1.3   Plan Type.....................................................  1

ARTICLE 2    PARTICIPATION.................................................  2

       2.1   Eligibility...................................................  2
       2.2   Transfer Among Participating Employers........................  2
       2.3   Multiple Employment...........................................  2
       2.4   Termination or Ceasing to be a Qualified Employee.............  3
       2.5   Condition of Participation....................................  3
       2.6   Termination of Participation..................................  3

ARTICLE 3    BENEFITS......................................................  4

       3.1   Participant Accounts..........................................  4
       3.2   Deferral Credits..............................................  4
       3.3   Earnings Credits..............................................  5
       3.4   Vesting.......................................................  5

ARTICLE 4    DISTRIBUTION..................................................  6

       4.1   Distribution to Participant...................................  6
       4.2   Distribution to Beneficiary...................................  7
       4.3   Payment in Event of Incapacity................................  8

ARTICLE 5    SOURCE OF PAYMENTS; NATURE OF INTEREST........................ 10

       5.1   Establishment of Trust........................................ 10
       5.2   Source of Payments............................................ 10
       5.3   Status of Plan................................................ 10
       5.4   Non-assignability of Benefits................................. 10

ARTICLE 6    MISCELLANEOUS................................................. 11

       6.1   Administration................................................ 11
       6.2   Benefit Claim Procedure....................................... 11
       6.3   Adoption by Affiliated Organization........................... 12
       6.4   Amendment and Termination..................................... 12
       6.5   Withholding and Offsets....................................... 13
       6.6   Disputes...................................................... 13
       6.7   Other Benefits................................................ 13
       6.8   No Warranties Regarding Tax Treatment......................... 13


                                      -i-

<PAGE>

       6.9   No Employment Rights Created.................................. 13

ARTICLE 7    DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION.................. 14

       7.1   Account....................................................... 14
       7.2   Active Participant............................................ 14
       7.3   Affiliated Organization....................................... 14
       7.4   Annual Bonus.................................................. 14
       7.5   Base Salary................................................... 14
       7.6   Board......................................................... 15
       7.7   Beneficiary................................................... 15
       7.8   Change in Control............................................. 15
       7.9   Code.......................................................... 16
       7.10  Committee..................................................... 16
       7.11  Company....................................................... 16
       7.12  Cross Reference............................................... 16
       7.13  Effective Date................................................ 16
       7.14  Employee...................................................... 16
       7.15  ERISA......................................................... 16
       7.16  Governing Law................................................. 17
       7.17  Headings...................................................... 17
       7.18  Participant................................................... 17
       7.19  Participating Employer........................................ 17
       7.20  Plan.......................................................... 17
       7.21  Plan Year..................................................... 17
       7.22  Plan Rule..................................................... 17
       7.23  Profit Sharing Plan........................................... 17
       7.24  Qualified Employee............................................ 17
       7.25  Retirement.................................................... 17
       7.26  Termination of Employment..................................... 17
       7.27  Trust......................................................... 18
       7.28  Trustee....................................................... 18
       7.29  Unforeseeable Emergency....................................... 18

                                     -ii-

<PAGE>



                             NASH FINCH COMPANY
                             INCOME DEFERRAL PLAN



                                  ARTICLE 1
                                DESCRIPTION

1.1    PLAN NAME.  The name of the Plan is the "Nash Finch Company Income
       Deferral Plan."

1.2    PLAN PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide Active
       Participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of the Base Salary
       or Annual Bonus or both that would otherwise be payable to them and to
       compensate Active Participants for the amount, if any, by which such
       deferrals decrease the amount of profit sharing contributions that
       would otherwise be made on their behalf pursuant to the Profit Sharing
       Plan.

1.3    PLAN TYPE.  The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily for
       the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of
       management or highly compensated employees and, as such, is intended to
       be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of
       Title I of ERISA by operation of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and
       401(a)(4) thereof, respectively, and from the provisions of Title IV of
       ERISA, to the extent otherwise applicable, by operation of section
       4021(b)(6) thereof.  The Plan will be construed and administered in a
       manner that is consistent with and gives effect to such intent.




<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 2
                               PARTICIPATION

2.1    ELIGIBILITY.

       (A)   Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee will
             determine which Qualified Employees, if any, are eligible to make
             deferral elections pursuant to Section 3.2 with respect to the
             Plan Year.

       (B)   At any time during a Plan Year, the Committee may determine that
             a Qualified Employee who became such after the beginning of the
             Plan Year is eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to
             Section 3.2 with respect to the remainder of the Plan Year.

       (C)   The fact that an Employee has been eligible to make deferral
             elections with respect to any particular Plan Year does not give
             the Employee any right to make deferral elections in any other
             Plan Year.

       (D)   A Participant who, pursuant to Section 3.2(B), has revoked an
             Annual Bonus deferral election  in connection with an
             Unforeseeable Emergency is not eligible to elect additional
             deferrals (of either Base Salary or Annual Bonus) with respect to
             the remainder of the Plan Year during which the revocation occurs
             or the immediately following Plan Year.  A Participant who has
             received a distribution pursuant to Section 4.1(D) is not
             eligible to elect additional deferrals (of either Base Salary or
             Annual Bonus) with respect to the Plan Year during which the
             distribution is received or the four immediately following Plan
             Years.  In either case, however, for the Plan Year during which
             the revocation or distribution occurs, the Participant's Account
             will be credited with the amount, if any, determined pursuant to
             Section 3.2(E) based on his or her deferrals for the portion of
             the Plan Year preceding the revocation or distribution.

       (E)   In conjunction with his or her initial election to participate in
             the Plan, a Participant must elect whether his or her
             distribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(A)(2) following his or
             her disability or termination of employment on or after attaining
             Retirement Age will (1) be made or commence within 60 days after
             termination of employment or within the first 60 days of the
             following calendar year and (2) be made in the form of a lump sum
             payment or installments.  Such elections are irrevocable and
             apply to all benefits distributed to the Participant pursuant to
             the Plan.

2.2    TRANSFER AMONG PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS.  An Active Participant who
       transfers employment from one Participating Employer to another
       Participating Employer and who continues to be a Qualified Employee
       after the transfer will, for the duration of the Plan Year during which
       the transfer occurs, continue to participate in the Plan, in accordance
       with the election in effect for the portion of the Plan Year before the
       transfer, as a Qualified Employee of such other Participating Employer.

2.3    MULTIPLE EMPLOYMENT.  An Active Participant who is simultaneously
       employed as a Qualified Employee with more than one Participating
       Employer will participate in the Plan as a Qualified Employee of all
       such Participating Employers on the basis of a single


                                       - 2 -
<PAGE>


       deferral election pursuant to Section 3.2 applied separately to his or
       her Base Salary and Annual Bonus from each such Participating Employer.

2.4    TERMINATION OR CEASING TO BE A QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE.  An Active
       Participant who, during a Plan Year, terminates his or her employment
       with all Participating Employers or is determined by the Committee to
       have otherwise ceased to be a Qualified Employee is not eligible for
       further deferral credits for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.2
       other than such credits relating to the period prior to such
       termination or cessation.

2.5    CONDITION OF PARTICIPATION.  Each Qualified Employee, as a condition
       of participation, is bound by all of the terms and conditions of the
       Plan and the Plan Rules, including but not limited to the reserved
       right of the Company to amend or terminate the Plan, and must furnish
       to the Committee such pertinent information, and must execute such
       election forms and other instruments, as the Committee or Plan Rules
       may require by such dates as the Committee or Plan Rules may establish.

2.6    TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.  A Participant or Beneficiary will
       cease to be such as of the date on which his or her entire Account
       balance has been distributed.



                                       - 3 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 3
                                  BENEFITS

3.1    PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS.  The Committee will establish and maintain an
       Account for each Participant to evidence amounts credited with respect
       to the Participant pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.3.  If a Participant
       makes deferrals with respect to Base Salary, Annual Bonus or both from
       more than one Participating Employer, the Committee will establish a
       separate Account for the Participant with respect to each such
       Participating Employer.

3.2    DEFERRAL CREDITS.

       (A)   An Active Participant may elect to defer his or her Base Salary
             for a Plan Year by any one percent increment from one percent to
             a maximum percentage specified in Plan Rules and the percentage
             so elected will automatically apply to the Participant's Base
             Salary as adjusted from time to time.  An election made pursuant
             to this subsection will not be effective unless it is made on a
             properly completed election form received by the Committee by a
             date specified by the Committee which is prior to the first day
             of the Plan Year to which the election relates or, in the case of
             an Active Participant who is determined by the Committee to be
             eligible to participate for a Plan Year pursuant to Section
             2.1(B), within 30 days after the Committee's determination.  An
             Active Participant may revoke a deferral election made pursuant
             to this subsection at any time.  The revocation will be effective
             as soon as administratively practicable after the Committee
             receives a properly completed revocation form.  Any election or
             revocation pursuant to this subsection applies only to Base
             Salary relating to services performed after the effective date of
             the election or revocation.

       (B)   An Active Participant who is determined by the Committee to be
             eligible to participate for a Plan Year pursuant to Section
             2.1(A) may elect to defer his or her Annual Bonus for the Plan
             Year by any five percent increment from five percent to a maximum
             percentage specified in Plan Rules.  An Active Participant who is
             determined by the Committee to be eligible to participate for a
             Plan Year pursuant to Section 2.1(B) may, if and to the extent
             specified by the Committee in conjunction with such
             determination, elect to defer his or her Annual Bonus for the
             Plan Year.  An election made pursuant to this subsection will not
             be effective unless it is made on a properly completed election
             form received by the Committee by a date specified by the
             Committee which is prior to the first day of the Plan Year to
             which the election relates or, in the case of an Active
             Participant who is determined by the Committee to be eligible to
             participate for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 2.1(B), within 30
             days after the Committee's determination.  An election pursuant
             to this subsection is irrevocable after the latest date by which
             it must be received by the Committee to be effective; provided,
             that Plan Rules may permit a Participant to revoke the election
             after that date if the Participant has an Unforeseeable
             Emergency, in which case no additional deferrals of either Base
             Salary or Annual Bonus will be made with respect to the portion
             of the Plan Year following the revocation and the Participant
             will be ineligible to elect additional deferrals for the period
             specified in Section 2.1(D).

       (C)   Notwithstanding Subsections (A) and (B), Plan Rules may impose a
             dollar limitation on the total amount of deferrals that may be
             made during a Plan Year


                                       - 4 -
<PAGE>

             and may establish procedures to be applied in the event that a
             Participant's deferral elections for a Plan Year would otherwise
             cause such limitation to be exceeded.  Plan Rules may also impose
             conditions and limitations on participation by any Qualified
             Employee or any group of similarly situated Qualified Employees.

       (D)   Reductions to an Active Participant's Base Salary and Annual
             Bonus pursuant to this section will be credited to his or her
             Account as of the day on which the Participant would have
             otherwise received the Base Salary or Annual Bonus with respect
             to which such credit relates.

       (E)   The Account of an Active Participant who is eligible to share in
             the allocation of a Participating Employer's profit sharing
             contribution for a Plan Year pursuant to the Profit Sharing Plan
             will be credited with an amount equal to the amount, if any, by
             which (1) the amount of the profit sharing contribution that
             would have been allocated to his or her account under the Profit
             Sharing Plan but for deferrals made pursuant to this Plan exceeds
             (2) the amount of the profit sharing contribution actually
             allocated to his or her account under the Profit Sharing Plan.
             The Account will be credited as of the first day of the month
             next following the month during which the Participatory
             Employer's profit sharing contribution has been made in full.

3.3    EARNINGS CREDITS.  As of the last day of each calendar quarter, the
       Committee will, in accordance with Plan Rules, credit a Participant's
       Account, including the undistributed portion of an Account being
       distributed in the form of installment payments, with earnings in an
       amount equal to the "applicable percentage" of the average daily
       balance of the Account for the quarter.  The applicable percentage for
       a given calendar quarter is the quarterly equivalent of the average of
       the annual yield set forth for each month during the quarter in the
       MOODY'S BOND RECORD, published by Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
       (or any successor thereto) under the heading of "Moody's Corporate Bond
       Yield Averages -- Av. Corp." or, if such yield is no longer available,
       a substantially similar average selected by the Committee.

3.4    VESTING.  Each Participant always has a fully vested nonforfeitable
       interest in his or her Account.


                                       - 5 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 4
                                DISTRIBUTION

4.1    DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT.

       (A)   FORM.

             (1)   TERMINATION PRIOR TO RETIREMENT AGE.  If a Participant
                   terminates employment prior to attaining Retirement Age,
                   distribution to the Participant will be made in the form of
                   a lump sum payment.

             (2)   DISABILITY OR TERMINATION ON OR AFTER RETIREMENT AGE.
                   If a Participant

                   (a)   is determined by the Committee to be absent from
                         active employment because of illness, injury or
                         disease that is likely to be of long or indefinite
                         duration or result in death or

                   (b)   terminates employment on or after attaining
                         Retirement Age,

                   distribution to the Participant will be made in the form of
                   ten annual installment payments made on or around the same
                   date in each of the ten years unless, at the time of his or
                   her initial enrollment in the Plan, the Participant makes
                   an irrevocable election to receive his or her distribution
                   in the form of a lump sum payment.

       (B)   TIME.  Distribution to a Participant will be made or commence, as
             the case may be, within the 60-day period following the date on
             which the Participant is determined to be disabled or terminates
             employment, unless the distribution is made pursuant to
             Subsection (A)(2), in which case the distribution will be made
             or commence within the first 60 days of the calendar year
             following the calendar year during which he or she is determined
             to be disabled or terminates employment if the Participant so
             elected pursuant to Section 2.1(E); provided, that if the
             Participant makes a written claim pursuant to Section 6.2
             objecting to the benefit, distribution will be made or commence
             as soon as administratively practicable after the Committee's
             final determination with respect to the claim.

       (C)   AMOUNT.  If distribution is made in the form of a lump sum
             payment, the amount of the payment will be equal to the sum of
             (1) the balance of the Participant's Account as of the last day
             of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date of the
             distribution plus (2) deferrals credited to the Account pursuant
             to Section 3.2 since the last day of the calendar quarter
             immediately preceding the date of the distribution plus (3)
             earnings on the average daily balance of the Account for the
             period beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter during
             which the distribution occurs and ending on the day before the
             distribution at the rate applied pursuant to Section 3.3 for the
             calendar quarter immediately preceding the distribution.  If
             distribution is made in the form of installment payments, the
             amount of the payment each year will be determined by dividing
             the Participant's Account balance as of the last day of the
             calendar quarter immediately preceding the payment date by the
             total number of remaining payments (including the


                                       - 6 -
<PAGE>


             payment in question); provided, that the amount of the final
             installment payment will be determined in accordance with the
             preceding sentence.

       (D)   SPECIAL RULES.

             (1)   WITHDRAWALS DUE TO UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY.
                   Notwithstanding Subsections (A) or (B), a distribution will
                   be made to a Participant if the Participant submits a
                   written distribution request to the Committee and the
                   Committee determines that the Participant has experienced
                   an Unforeseeable Emergency.  The amount of the distribution
                   may not exceed the lesser of (a) the amount necessary to
                   satisfy the emergency, as determined by the Committee or
                   (b) the balance of the Account as of the date of the
                   distribution determined in accordance with Subsection (C).
                   The distribution will be made in the form of a lump sum
                   payment as soon as administratively practicable after the
                   Committee's determination that the Participant has
                   experienced an Unforeseeable Emergency.

             (2)   ACCELERATED DISTRIBUTION.  Notwithstanding Subsections
                   (A) or (B), a Participant may elect an immediate
                   distribution of his or her Account in an amount equal to 90
                   percent of the balance of the Account as of the date of the
                   distribution determined in accordance with Subsection (C),
                   in which case the remaining balance of the Account will be
                   forfeited.  The distribution will be made in the form of a
                   lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable
                   after the Committee's receipt of a written application on a
                   form furnished by the Committee.

             (3)   NONDEDUCTIBILITY.  If the Committee determines in good
                   faith that there is a reasonable likelihood that any
                   compensation paid to a Participant by an Affiliated
                   Organization for a taxable year of the Affiliated
                   Organization would not be deductible by the Affiliated
                   Organization solely by reason of the limitation under Code
                   section 162(m), to the extent deemed necessary by the
                   Committee to ensure that the entire amount of any
                   distribution to the Participant pursuant to this subsection
                   is deductible, the Committee may defer all or any portion
                   of the distribution.

4.2    DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY.

       (A)   FORM.  In the event of a Participant's death, the balance of
             the Participant's Account will be distributed to the
             Participant's Beneficiary in a lump sum payment whether or not
             payments had commenced to the Participant in the form of
             installments prior to his or her death.

       (B)   TIME.  Distribution to a Beneficiary will be made within the
             60-day period following the date on which the Committee receives
             notice of the Participant's death; provided, that if the
             Beneficiary makes a written claim pursuant to Section 6.2
             objecting to the benefit, distribution will be made as soon as
             administratively practicable after the Committee's final
             determination with respect to the claim.



                                       - 7 -
<PAGE>


       (C)   AMOUNT.  The amount of the payment will be determined in
             accordance with Section 4.1(C).

       (D)   BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.

             (1)   Each Participant may designate, on a form furnished by the
                   Committee, one or more primary Beneficiaries or alternative
                   Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of his or
                   her Account after his or her death, and the Participant may
                   change or revoke any such designation from time to time.
                   No such designation, change or revocation is effective
                   unless executed by the Participant and received by the
                   Committee during the Participant's lifetime.  No
                   designation of a Beneficiary other than the Participant's
                   spouse is effective unless the spouse consents to the
                   designation or the Committee determines that spousal
                   consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot
                   reasonably be located or is legally incapable of
                   consenting.  The consent must be in writing, must
                   acknowledge the effect of the election and must be
                   witnessed by a notary public.  The consent is effective
                   only with respect to the Beneficiary or class of
                   Beneficiaries so designated and only with respect to the
                   spouse who so consented.

             (2)   If a Participant -

                   (a)   fails to designate a Beneficiary, or

                   (b)   revokes a Beneficiary designation without naming
                         another Beneficiary, or

                   (c)   designates one or more Beneficiaries none of whom
                         survives the Participant or exists at the time in
                         question,

                   for all or any portion of his or her Account, such Account
                   or portion will be paid to the Participant's surviving
                   spouse or, if the Participant is not survived by a spouse,
                   to the representative of the Participant's estate.

             (3)   The automatic Beneficiaries specified above and, unless the
                   designation otherwise specifies, the Beneficiaries
                   designated by the Participant, become fixed as of the
                   Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the
                   Participant but dies before the receipt of the payment due
                   such Beneficiary, the payment will be made to the
                   representative of such Beneficiary's estate.  Any
                   designation of a Beneficiary by name that is accompanied by
                   a description of relationship or only by statement of
                   relationship to the Participant is effective only to
                   designate the person or persons standing in such
                   relationship to the Participant at the Participant's death.

4.3    PAYMENT IN EVENT OF INCAPACITY.  If any individual entitled to
       receive any payment under the Plan is, in the judgment of the
       Committee, physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or
       acknowledging receipt of the payment, and no legal representative has
       been appointed for the individual, the Committee may (but is not
       required to) cause the payment to be made to any one or more of the
       following as may be chosen by the Committee:  the Beneficiary (in the
       case of the incapacity of a Participant); the institution


                                       - 8 -
<PAGE>

       maintaining the individual; a custodian for the individual under the
       Uniform Transfers to Minors Act of any state; or the individual's
       spouse, children, parents, or other relatives by blood or marriage.
       The Committee is not required to see to the proper application of any
       such payment and the payment completely discharges all claims under the
       Plan against the Participating Employer, the Plan and Trust to the
       extent of the payment.



                                       - 9 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 5
                   SOURCE OF PAYMENTS; NATURE OF INTEREST

5.1    ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST.

       (A)   A Participating Employer may establish a Trust, or may be covered
             by a Trust established by another Participating Employer, with an
             independent corporate trustee.  The Trust must be a grantor trust
             that conforms substantially with the model trust described in
             Revenue Procedure 92-64.  The Participating Employers may from
             time to time transfer to the Trust cash, marketable securities or
             other property acceptable to the Trustee in accordance with the
             terms of the Trust.

       (B)   Notwithstanding Subsection (A), not later than the effective date
             of a Change in Control, each Participating Employer must transfer
             to the Trust an amount not less than the amount by which (1) 125
             percent of the aggregate balance of all Participants' Accounts
             attributable to the Participating Employer as of the last day of
             the month immediately preceding the effective date of the Change
             in Control (determined in the manner specified in Section 4.1(C)
             if the last day of the month is not also the last day of a
             calendar quarter) exceeds (2) the value of the Trust assets
             attributable to amounts previously contributed by the
             Participating Employer as of the most recent date as of which
             such value was determined.

5.2    SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

       (A)   Each Participating Employer will pay, from its general assets,
             the portion of any benefit pursuant to Article 4 or Section 6.4
             attributable to a Participant's Account with respect to that
             Participating Employer, and all costs, charges and expenses
             relating thereto.

       (B)   The Trustee will make distributions to Participants and
             Beneficiaries from the Trust in satisfaction of a Participating
             Employer's obligations under the Plan in accordance with the
             terms of the Trust.  The Participating Employer is responsible
             for paying any benefits attributable to a Participant's Account
             with respect to that Participating Employer that are not paid by
             the Trust.

5.3    STATUS OF PLAN.  Nothing contained in the Plan or Trust is to be
       construed as providing for assets to be held for the benefit of any
       Participant or any other person or persons to whom benefits are to be
       paid pursuant to the terms of this Plan, the Participant's or other
       person's only interest under the Plan being the right to receive the
       benefits set forth herein.  The Trust is established only for the
       convenience of the Participating Employers and the Participants, and no
       Participant has any interest in the assets of the Trust prior to
       distribution of such assets pursuant to the Plan.  To the extent the
       Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive benefits
       under this Plan or the Trust, such right is no greater than the right
       of any unsecured general creditor of the Participating Employer.

5.4    NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF BENEFITS.  The benefits payable under the Plan
       and the right to receive future benefits under the Plan may not be
       anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged,
       encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process.



                                       - 10 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 6
                               MISCELLANEOUS

6.1    ADMINISTRATION.

       (A)   The Plan will be administered on behalf of the Company by a
             committee whose members will be appointed by and will serve at
             the pleasure of the Company's Board.  Any Committee member may be
             dismissed at any time, with or without cause, on ten days' notice
             from the Company's Board.  Any Committee member may resign by
             delivering his or her written resignation to the Company's Board.
             Vacancies arising by the death, resignation or removal of a
             Committee member may (but need not) be filled by the Company's
             Board.

       (B)   The Committee will operate in accordance with such rules as the
             Company's Board may from time to time specify.

       (C)   The Committee may delegate to any person authority to perform
             nondiscretionary, ministerial acts determined by the Committee to
             be necessary or desirable in connection with the administration
             of the Plan.

       (D)   The Committee has discretionary power and authority to adopt,
             modify and rescind Plan Rules, make all determinations necessary
             for the administration of the Plan, to construe, interpret, apply
             and enforce the Plan and Plan Rules and to remedy ambiguities,
             inconsistencies, omissions and erroneous Account balances.

       (E)   The Committee will maintain records, make the requisite
             calculations and disburse or direct the Trustee to disburse
             payments under the Plan.  The Committee's interpretations,
             determinations, regulations and calculations are final and
             binding on all persons and parties concerned.

       (F)   The Participating Employers jointly and severally agree to
             indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each
             member of the Committee or other director, officer or employee of
             any Affiliated Organization performing administrative duties in
             connection with the Plan against any and all liabilities, losses,
             costs and expenses (including legal fees) of every kind and
             nature that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against
             such person at any time by reason of such person's services in
             connection with the Plan, but only if such person did not act
             dishonestly or in bad faith or in willful violation of the law or
             regulations under which such liability, loss, cost or expense
             arises.  The Participating Employers have the right, but not the
             obligation, to select counsel and control the defense and
             settlement of any action for which a person may be entitled to
             indemnification under this provision.

6.2    BENEFIT CLAIM PROCEDURE.  Within a reasonable time following
       termination of a Participant's employment, the Committee will determine
       and notify the Participant or, if the Participant is deceased, his or
       her Beneficiary, of his or her benefits, if any, payable under the
       Plan.  Not later than 30 days after receipt of such notice, the
       Participant or his or her Beneficiary, as the case may be, may file
       with the Committee a written claim objecting to the Committee's
       determination.  Not later than 90 days after receipt of such claim, the
       Committee will render a written decision on the claim to the claimant.
       If the


                                       - 11 -
<PAGE>

       claim is denied in whole or in part, such decision will include:  the
       reasons for the denial; a reference to the Plan provision that is the
       basis for the denial; a description of any additional material or
       information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim; an
       explanation as to why such information or material is necessary; and an
       explanation of the Plan's claim procedure.  Not later than 60 days
       after receiving the Committee's written decision, the claimant may file
       with the Committee a written request for review of the Committee's
       decision, and the claimant or his or her representative may thereafter
       review Plan documents that relate to the claim and submit written
       comments to the Committee.  Not later than 60 days after receiving such
       request, the Committee will afford the claimant or his or her
       representative an opportunity to present the claim in person to the
       Committee.  Not later than 60 days after such presentation or, if there
       is no such presentation, not later than 60 days after the Committee's
       receipt of the request for review, the Committee will render a final
       written decision on the claim, which decision will include the specific
       reasons for the decision, including references to specific Plan
       provisions where appropriate.  The 90- and 60-day periods during which
       the Committee must respond to the claimant may be extended by up to an
       additional 90 or 60 days, respectively, if special circumstances beyond
       the Committee's control so require and if notice of such extension is
       given to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial 90- or
       60-day period.

6.3    ADOPTION BY AFFILIATED ORGANIZATION.  With the prior approval of the
       Committee, an Affiliated Organization may, by action of its Board,
       adopt this Plan and become a Participating Employer.

6.4    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

       (A)   By action of its Board, the Company may amend the Plan at any
             time and in any manner, except that (1) no amendment may
             adversely affect a benefit to which a Participant or the
             Beneficiary of a deceased Participant is entitled under the Plan
             as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the
             amendment and (2) no attempted amendment to Section 5.1(B), this
             clause (2) or Section 7.8 will be effective with respect to any
             Change in Control, as defined in Section 7.8 without regard to
             the attempted amendment, occurring within 12 months after the
             date on which the attempted amendment is approved by the
             Company's Board unless each Participant provides his or her prior
             written consent to the amendment.  Any amendment that changes the
             rate of earnings credited to Participants' Accounts pursuant to
             Section 3.3 is effective with respect to the portion of the
             Accounts attributable to credits made before the date on which
             the amendment is adopted only if the Company's Board determines
             in good faith that on that date, it is reasonably likely that, in
             the long run, the new rate will not result in materially lower
             earnings credits than the old rate.  Any amendment to the Plan
             applies only to Participants who terminate employment after the
             effective date of the amendment unless the amendment expressly
             otherwise provides.

       (B)   By action of its Board, the Company may terminate the Plan at any
             time.  By action of its Board, any other Participating Employer
             may terminate its participation in the Plan at any time.  If the
             Plan or a Participating Employer's participation in the Plan is
             terminated, no additional deferrals or deferral credits will be
             made with respect to affected Participants, other than credits
             relating to the period prior to the effective date of the
             termination, and the Accounts of affected


                                       - 12 -
<PAGE>

             Participants will continue to be credited with earnings pursuant
             to Section 3.3 until they are distributed pursuant to Article 4
             following the Participant's termination of employment or death.

       (C)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
             the Committee may cause a Participating Employer to make an
             immediate lump sum distribution to any Participant of the balance
             of his or her Account (determined in the manner specified in
             Section 4.1(C)) and/or transfer the benefits that would otherwise
             be payable under the Plan for all or any Participants to a new
             plan that is similar in all material respects (other than those
             which require the action in question to be taken), if the
             Committee in good faith determines that:

             (1)   such action is necessary to ensure the continued status of
                   the Plan (or the transferee plan) as an unfunded plan
                   maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred
                   compensation to a select group of management or highly
                   compensated employees, or

             (2)   a Participant's interest in the Plan has been or is likely
                   to be includable in the Participant's gross income for
                   federal income tax purposes prior to the actual payment of
                   benefits pursuant to the Plan.

6.5    WITHHOLDING AND OFFSETS.  The Participating Employers and the
       Trustee retain the right to withhold from any benefit payment under the
       Plan, any and all income, employment, excise and other tax as the
       Participating Employers or Trustee deems necessary and the
       Participating Employers may offset against amounts payable to a
       Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan any amounts then owing to the
       Participating Employers by such Participant or Beneficiary.

6.6    DISPUTES.  In the event of a dispute over whether any person is
       entitled to a benefit under the Plan, the amount, form or timing of
       payment of any such benefit or any other provision of the Plan, the
       person is responsible for paying any costs he, she or it incurs,
       including attorney's fees and legal expenses, and each Participating
       Employer is responsible for paying any costs it incurs, including
       attorney's fees and legal expenses.

6.7    OTHER BENEFITS.  Neither amounts deferred nor amounts paid pursuant
       to the Plan constitute salary or compensation for the purpose of
       computing benefits under any other benefit plan, practice, policy or
       procedure of a Participating Employer unless otherwise expressly
       provided thereunder.

6.8    NO WARRANTIES REGARDING TAX TREATMENT.  The Participating Employers
       make no warranties regarding the tax treatment to any person of any
       deferrals or payments made pursuant to the Plan and each Participant
       will hold the Committee and the Participating Employers and their
       officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors harmless from any
       liability resulting from any tax position taken in good faith in
       connection with the Plan.

6.9    NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS CREATED.  Neither the establishment of or
       participation in the Plan confers on any Employee the right to
       continued employment or limits the right of the Participating Employer
       to discharge, transfer, demote, modify terms and conditions of
       employment or otherwise deal with any Employee without regard to the
       effect which such action might have on him or her with respect to the
       Plan.


                                       - 13 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE 7
                DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION

The definitions and rules of construction and interpretation set forth in this
article apply in construing the Plan unless the context otherwise indicates.

7.1    ACCOUNT.  "Account" means the bookkeeping account maintained with
       respect to a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1.

7.2    ACTIVE PARTICIPANT.  "Active Participant" with respect to a Plan
       Year is a Qualified Employee who the Committee has determined is
       eligible to participate in the Plan for the Plan Year pursuant to
       Section 2.1 for the portion of the Plan Year during which he or she
       remains eligible.

7.3    AFFILIATED ORGANIZATION.  An "Affiliated Organization" is the
       Company and any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of
       corporations (within the meaning of Code section 1563(a) without regard
       to Code sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C)) that includes the
       Company or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is
       controlled (within the meaning of Code section 414(c)) by the Company.

7.4    ANNUAL BONUS.   "Annual Bonus" with respect to a Participant for a
       Plan Year means the discretionary annual cash bonus paid to the
       Participant by a Participating Employer during the calendar quarter
       first following the Plan Year or that would have been so paid but for
       an election made pursuant to the Plan.

7.5    BASE SALARY.  "Base Salary" with respect to a Participant for a Plan
       Year means the regular cash remuneration for services rendered as a
       Qualified Employee paid to the Participant by a Participating Employer
       during the Plan Year or that would have been so paid but for an
       election made pursuant to the Plan, excluding the following:

             (1)   any bonus;

             (2)   the value of life insurance coverage included in the
                   Participant's wages under Code section 79;

             (3)   any car allowance, moving expense or mileage reimbursement;

             (4)   any educational assistance payment;

             (5)   any severance pay;

             (6)   any payments under any plan of deferred compensation; or

             (7)   any benefit under any qualified or nonqualified stock
                   option or stock purchase plan; or

             (8)   any other element of compensation specified in Plan Rules.



                                       - 14 -
<PAGE>

7.6    BOARD.  "Board" means the board of directors of the Affiliated
       Organization in question.  When the Plan provides for an action to be
       taken by the Board, the action may be taken by any committee or
       individual authorized to take such action pursuant to a proper
       delegation by the board of directors in question.

7.7    BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary" with respect to a Participant is the
       person designated or otherwise determined under the provisions of
       Section 4.2(D) as the distributee of benefits payable after the
       Participant's death who has not ceased to be a Beneficiary pursuant to
       Section 2.6.

7.8    CHANGE IN CONTROL.

       (A)  "Change in Control" is any of the following:

             (1)   the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or
                   indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of
                   the Company, in one transaction or in a series of related
                   transactions, to any person;

             (2)   the approval by the stockholders of the Company of any plan
                   or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the
                   Company;

             (3)   any person is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined
                   in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
                   indirectly, of (a) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50
                   percent, of the combined voting power of the Company's
                   outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote
                   at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting
                   in such ownership has been approved in advance by the
                   continuity directors or (b) more than 50 percent of the
                   combined voting power of the Company's outstanding
                   securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections
                   of directors(regardless of any approval by the continuity
                   directors);

             (4)   a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party
                   if the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the
                   effective date of such merger or consolidation have
                   beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
                   Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of
                   such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving
                   company representing (a) 50 percent or more, but not more
                   than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the
                   surviving corporation's then outstanding securities
                   ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of
                   directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been
                   approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (b)
                   less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the
                   surviving corporation's then outstanding securities
                   ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of
                   directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity
                   directors);

             (5)   the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute
                   at least a majority of the Company's board of directors; or



                                       - 15 -
<PAGE>

             (6)   a change in control of the Company of a nature that would
                   be required to be reported pursuant to section 13 or 15(d)
                   of the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then
                   subject to such reporting requirement.

       (B)   For purposes of this section:

             (1)   a "continuity director" means any individual who is a
                   member of the Company's board of directors on the Effective
                   Date while he or she is a member of the board, and any
                   individual who subsequently becomes a member of the
                   Company's board of directors whose election or nomination
                   for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by
                   a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are
                   continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by
                   approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
                   such individual is named as a nominee for director without
                   objection to such nomination);

             (2)   "Exchange Act" is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
                   amended from time to time; and

             (3)   "person" includes any individual, corporation, partnership,
                   group, association or other "person," as such term is
                   defined in section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than
                   (i) the Company; (ii) any corporation at least a majority
                   of whose securities having ordinary voting power for the
                   election of directors is owned, directly or indirectly, by
                   the Company; (iii) any other entity in which the Company,
                   by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has
                   the right to elect a majority of the members of the
                   entity's governing body; or (iv) any benefit plan sponsored
                   by the Company, a corporation described in clause (ii) or
                   an entity described in clause (iii).

7.9    CODE.  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
       from time to time.

7.10   COMMITTEE.  "Committee" means the administrative committee described
       in Section 6.1.

7.11   COMPANY.  "Company" means Nash Finch Company or any successor
       thereto.

7.12   CROSS REFERENCE.  References within a section of the Plan to a
       particular subsection refer to that subsection within the same section
       and references within a section or subsection to a particular clause
       refer to that clause within the same section or subsection, as the case
       may be.

7.13   EFFECTIVE DATE.  "Effective Date" means June 1, 1994 or an earlier
       date specified by the Committee.

7.14   EMPLOYEE.  "Employee" is an individual who performs services as a
       common law employee of a Participating Employer.

7.15   ERISA.  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
       1974, as amended from time to time.



                                       - 16 -
<PAGE>

7.16   GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent that state law is not preempted by the
       provisions of ERISA, or any other laws of the United States, all
       questions pertaining to the construction, validity, effect and
       enforcement of the Plan will be determined in accordance with the
       internal, substantive laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to
       its conflict of laws rules of the State of Minnesota or any other
       jurisdiction.

7.17   HEADINGS.  The headings of articles and sections are included solely
       for convenience of reference; if there exists any conflict between such
       headings and the text of the Plan, the text will control.

7.18   PARTICIPANT.  "Participant" is a current or former Active
       Participant to whose Account amounts have been credited pursuant to
       Article 3 and who has not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to
       Section 2.6.

7.19   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER.  "Participating Employer" is the Company and
       any other Affiliated Organization that has adopted the Plan, or all of
       them collectively, as the context requires.  An Affiliated Organization
       will cease to be a Participating Employer upon a termination of the
       Plan as to its Employees and the satisfaction in full of all of its
       obligations under the Plan or upon its ceasing to be an Affiliated
       Organization.

7.20   PLAN.  "Plan" means the Nash Finch Company Income Deferral Plan, as
       from time to time amended or restated.

7.21   PLAN YEAR.  "Plan Year"  means the period beginning on the Effective
       Date and ending on December 31, 1994 and, thereafter, the calendar
       year.

7.22   PLAN RULE.  "Plan Rule" is a rule, policy, practice or procedure
       adopted by the Committee.  Each Plan Rule will be uniform and
       nondiscriminatory with respect to persons determined by the Committee
       to be similarly situated.

7.23   PROFIT SHARING PLAN.  "Profit Sharing Plan" means the Nash Finch
       Company Profit Sharing Plan as amended from time to time.

7.24   QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE.  "Qualified Employee" means an Employee who is
       considered to be a management or highly compensated employee under Plan
       Rules.

7.25   RETIREMENT AGE.  "Retirement Age" means the earliest age at or after
       which a termination of employment is considered to be a retirement
       under policies of the Participating Employer generally applicable to
       Qualified Employees as in effect from time to time.

7.26   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

       (A)   For purposes of determining entitlement to distribution under
             this Plan, subject to Subsections (B) and (C), a Participant will
             be deemed to have terminated his or her employment only if the
             Committee determines that he or she has completely severed his or
             her employment relationship with all Affiliated Organizations or
             has become disabled within the meaning of Section 4.1(A)(2).
             Accordingly, neither transfer of employment among Affiliated
             Organizations nor absence from active service by reason of leave
             of absence of any nature (other than in connection with a
             Participant becoming disabled within the meaning of Section
             4.1(A)(2)) will


                                       - 17 -
<PAGE>

             constitute a termination of employment.  In addition, neither
             termination of the Plan nor, subject to Subsection (C),
             termination of participation in the Plan by a Participating
             Employer will be deemed to result in a termination of employment
             with respect to any affected Participant.

       (B)   If some or all of the assets of a Participating Employer are
             acquired by a unrelated third party, a Participant who is
             employed by the acquiror or an affiliate of the acquiror in
             connection with the acquisition will be deemed to have terminated
             his or her employment unless the acquiror adopts a successor plan
             which is substantially similar to the Plan in all material
             respects and expressly assumes the Participating Employer's
             obligation to provide benefits to the Participant, in which case
             the Participating Employer will cease to have any obligation to
             provide benefits to the Participant pursuant to the Plan as of
             the effective date of the assumption.

       (C)   If a Participating Employer ceases to be an Affiliated
             Organization, unless otherwise provided in an agreement between
             the Company or the Participating Employer and an unrelated third
             party acquiror:

             (1)   a Participant who is employed with the Participating
                   Employer; or

             (2)   a Participant who is not employed with the Participating
                   Employer but has an Account balance attributable to the
                   Participating Employer

             will not be deemed to have terminated his or her employment with
             respect to his or her Account balance attributable to the
             Participating Employer and the Participating Employer will, after
             the date on which it ceases to be an Affiliated Organization,
             continue to be solely responsible to provide benefits to the
             Participant equal to the balance of the Account as of the
             effective date of the cessation and as thereafter increased by
             deferral credits relating to the period before the effective date
             and earnings credits pursuant to Section 3.3.

7.27   TRUST.  "Trust" means any trust or trusts established by a
       Participating Employer pursuant to Section 5.1.

7.28   TRUSTEE.  "Trustee" means the one or more banks or trust companies
       that at the relevant time has or have been appointed by the Company to
       act as Trustee of the Trust.

7.29   UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY.  "Unforeseeable Emergency" means an
       unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control
       of a Participant and that would result in severe financial hardship to
       the Participant if the revocation or distribution, as the case may be,
       were not permitted.  An Unforeseeable Emergency includes a sudden and
       unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent (as
       defined in Code section 152(a)) of the Participant, the loss of the
       Participant's property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary
       and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond
       the control of the Participant.  An Unforeseeable Emergency does not
       exist if the financial hardship may be relieved (1) through
       reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (2) by
       liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent the liquidation
       itself would not cause severe hardship or (3) by cessation of deferrals
       under


                                       - 18 -
<PAGE>


       the Plan.  The existence of an Unforeseeable Emergency will be
       determined by the Committee.


                                       - 19 -

<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

        FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Total sales and revenues increased 8.3% for the 52 weeks of fiscal 1993 to
$2.724 billion compared to $2.515 billion in the 53 weeks of 1992 and $2.343
billion in 1991. The increase is primarily attributed to the acquisitions of the
military wholesale business of B. Green & Company, which occurred at the end of
fiscal 1992, and the 16-store Easter chain, which was acquired at the end of the
second quarter of fiscal 1993.


     In 1993, wholesale sales increased 9.7%. When sales gains realized from
acquisitions and the effect of an additional week of operations last year are
excluded, the increase was 1.7%. Sales growth continued to be hampered by a
general weakness in the economy and deflation in food prices. An internally
measured inflation index showed a deflation rate of .75 % in food prices in 1993
compared to an inflation rate of .5 % in 1992. Wholesale sales for 1992 improved
over 1991 due to the acquisition of the Tidewater Wholesale Grocery division in
January 1992, and the additional week of sales in 1992.


     Retail sales for 1993 increased 5.1% overall due to acquisitions and the
opening of new and expanded stores. When the effects of stores acquired or sold
during the year and the extra week of sales last year are eliminated, however,
the result is a decline of 1.3%. This is principally attributable to increasing
competitive pressures in certain market areas and, to a lesser extent, deflation
in food prices. Retail sales increased 2.0% in 1992 compared to 1991 largely due
to the additional week of sales.
     Gross margins were 14.6%, 14.6% and 14.8% in 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively. Although wholesale sales, which typically achieve lower margins
than retail, accounted for a slightly greater proportion of total sales in
fiscal 1993 than in 1992, margin improvements for both wholesale and retail
segments were sufficient to offset any reduction that might have resulted from
the proportionate change in sales. The decrease in margins in 1992 compared to
1991 resulted from a higher proportion of lower margin wholesale sales.


     Margin improvements in 1993 were the result of an increase in sales, as a
percentage of total sales, of higher margin product categories.


<PAGE>


     Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenues
were 12.2% in 1993 compared to 11.9% in 1992 and 1991. During 1993, the Company
increased its provision for bad debts by $10.1 million compared with $3.7
million in 1992. This represented a substantial portion of the increase in
expense over the prior year. The increased provision primarily consisted of
approximately $5.0 million relating to the bankruptcy of a multi-store customer
in the Southeast and $3.1 million associated with the debt-workout acquisition
of 23 Food Folks stores which was completed in January 1994 (see Note 13 of
notes to consolidated financial statements). It is the Company's intention to
operate these stores as part of its corporate retail operations. Selling,
general and administrative expenses showed no change as a percent of revenues in
1992 compared to 1991. Cost containment measures have been successful in
controlling costs, especially in the areas of health care and workers'
compensation in each of the last two years compared to fiscal 1991. The Company
continues to concentrate on cost controls as well as productivity gains in an
effort to reduce operating expenses.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased 7.7% and 3.5% for 1993 and
1992 compared to their respective prior years. These changes are consistent with
increases in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Depreciation
and amortization expense for 1993 also reflects the expense related to
acquisitions which occurred at the end of 1992 as well as the mid-year 1993
acquisition of 16 retail stores.
     Interest expense in 1993 increased 8.8% over 1992 as a result of greater
average short-term borrowings partially offset by more favorable borrowing
rates. As a percentage of revenues, interest expense was .37%, .36% and .38% for
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. The increase in capital lease obligations
also contributed to higher interest expense in fiscal 1993.

     Earnings before income taxes decreased $5.9 million, or 18.2%, from fiscal
1992. The decrease is attributed to higher bad debt expense at the wholesale
level which was partially offset by the profit contribution of the recent
acquisitions, especially our Baltimore-based military distribution operation.
Retail operations in 1993, both corporate and independent, were hampered by more
intense competitive pressures in certain regions. This is expected to continue
in 1994 making expense control for our wholesale and retail segments imperative
to increasing both profit and return on investment.

     The operating results of Nash DeCamp, the Company's produce marketing
subsidiary, were excellent. Nash DeCamp enjoyed a record year of revenues and
earnings as a result of improved prices for most commodities in contrast to the
excessive supply of quality fruit and depressed markets which adversely affected
1992.

     The Company's effective tax rates are 40.5%, 38.4% and 38.1% for 1993, 1992
and 1991, respectively. The rate increase reflects the new federal tax
legislation enacted in 1993 and higher state tax rates. The increase in 1992
over 1991 was due


<PAGE>


 to a reduction in the federal targeted jobs credit and higher state tax rates.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Historically, the Company has financed its capital needs through a
combination of internal and external sources. These sources include retained
earnings, short- term bank borrowings, various types of long-term debt, leasing
and equity financing. As external financing is required in the future, the
Company believes that its conservative debt structure and strong financial
position will continue to support its ability to obtain the required funds.

     Cash provided from operations increased from $30.8 million in 1992 to $83.0
million in 1993. The main reason for this increase was that inventories in
existing businesses decreased by $26.5 million in 1993 compared with an increase
in inventories in 1992 of $22.2 million. This reduction in 1993 represents the
results of sustained efforts to effectively manage inventories thereby freeing
cash to fund other corporate needs.

     The Easter group of stores was acquired during 1993 for cash totaling $27.0
million. The acquisition included 16 stores located in Iowa, Illinois and
Missouri.

     The ratio of current assets to current liabilities at the close of 1993,
1992 and 1991 was 1.37%, 1.45% and 1.55%, respectively. The decrease in current
ratio and working capital is principally the result of utilizing short-term
financing to fund acquisitions. The Company may consider alternate financing at
a later date. The Company's short- term liquidity is, however, stronger than its
current ratio would indicate because, as shown in the notes to the January 1,
1994 consolidated financial statements, the replacement value of inventories is
$42.5 million more than the reported LIFO inventory values.

     Excluding acquisitions and capital leases, capital expenditures were $36.4
million in 1993, a decrease of $6.6 million from $43.0 million in 1992. Capital
expenditures include improvements to distribution centers and existing retail
stores and new store construction. Truck and trailer replacement continued in
accordance with pre-established schedules to maintain an up-to-date delivery
fleet. Capital expenditures for 1994 are estimated at $40.9 million, exclusive
of acquisitions.

     Dividend payments in 1993 were $.72 per share, up from $.71 per share in
1992. These amounts represented 49% and 38% of net earnings in 1993 and 1992,
respectively.

     On April 2, 1992, the Company sold notes receivable with an approximate
principal balance of $22.8 million to an investor for cash. In addition, new
loans to customers totaling $15.9 million were made during 1993 compared with
$23.0 million in 1992.


<PAGE>


     Long-term debt decreased from $92.1 million at the end of 1992 to $89.8
million at the end of 1993. The amount of long-term debt at the end of 1992
includes short-term debt of $25.0 million reclassified for financial statement
presentation purposes to long-term debt based on commitments entered into and
finalized subsequent to year end. Long- term debt and capitalized leases as a
percentage of total capital decreased from 33.0% at the end of 1992 to 32.9% at
the end of 1993. Return on average stockholders' equity was 8.1% in 1993, down
from 10.8% in 1992.

     At year end, the Company had $115 million in informal committed and
uncommitted short-term lines of credit with banks. Short-term bank borrowing
arrangements have been sufficient to meet funding requirements. Short-term bank
borrowings averaged $43.2 million during 1993 and were $38.3 million at year
end. Borrowings ranged from a high of $77.5 million, before reclassification of
$25.0 million to long- term as explained above, to a low of $18.0 million during
the year. Interest on short-term borrowings were generally at negotiated rates.
Lines of credit are renewable each year under terms to be negotiated. The
Company believes that additional short-term credit would be available if needed.


     Stockholders' equity increased to $199.3 million at the end of 1993 from
$191.2 million at the end of the previous year. This increase will provide an
additional equity base for future growth.



<PAGE>

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

      Nash Finch Company Common Stock is traded in the national over-the-counter
market under the symbol NAFC. The following table sets forth, for each of the
calendar periods indicated, the range of high and low closing sales prices for
the Common Stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market System, and the cash
dividends paid per share of Common Stock. Prices do not include adjustments for
retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions. At January 1, 1994 there were 2,074
stockholders of record.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Dividends
                            1993                 1992           Per Share
                       -------------          -----------      ------------
                       High      Low          High    Low       1993  1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>   <C>

First Quarter       $23 1/4    18 1/4      19 1/2    17  1/4    .18   .17
Second Quarter       21 3/4    19 1/4      19 1/4    17  3/8    .18   .17
Third Quarter        22 1/2    19 3/8      19 3/4    17  1/4    .18   .18
Fourth Quarter       20 1/2    17          19 1/4    16  1/4    .18   .19

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



A summary of quarterly financial information
is presented.
                                           First Quarter          Second Quarter         Third Quarter             Fourth Quarter
                                              12 Weeks                12 Weeks                16 Weeks           12 Weeks   13 Weeks
                                        --------------------     -----------------      ------------------     ---------------------

(In thousands, except per share amounts)  1993       1992         1993       1992         1993       1992         1993       1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>


Net sales and other income            $  601,066    531,883      631,266    567,871      856,551    784,421      634,652    631,263

Cost of sales                            516,583    454,212      540,365    483,600      726,926    668,911      541,375    541,122

Earnings before income taxes               4,021      3,698        8,218      7,765        5,384     10,217        9,055     10,918

Income taxes                               1,568      1,433        3,205      3,009        2,364      3,959        3,667      4,129

Net earnings                               2,453      2,265        5,013      4,756        3,020      6,258        5,388      6,789

Percent to sales and revenues                .41        .42          .79        .83          .36        .80          .84       1.08

Net earnings per share                $      .23        .21          .46        .44          .27        .57          .50        .63


Average number of shares outstanding      10,872     10,871       10,872     10,872       10,872     10,872       10,872     10,872

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

[LOGO]


                       NASH-FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        Consolidated Financial Statements

                       January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993


<PAGE>

[LOGO]

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Nash Finch Company:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nash Finch
Company and subsidiaries as of January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993 and the
related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 1, 1994.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts  and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nash Finch Company
and subsidiaries at January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended January 1, 1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

As discussed in notes 1, 6 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, EMPLOYERS' ACCOUNTING FOR
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS, and Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES, in 1993.


                                        KPMG Peat Marwick

March 1, 1994


<PAGE>

NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

    ASSETS                                                     1993         1992
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                    <C>            <C>
    Current assets:
      Cash on hand                                         $      890          789
      Accounts and notes receivable, net                       95,952       97,292
      Inventories                                             186,637      205,024
      Prepaid expenses                                          7,391        6,668
      Deferred tax assets                                       4,055          397
                                                              -------      -------
        Total current assets                                  294,925      310,170


    Investments at net equity                                   7,137        6,108
    Notes receivable, noncurrent                               20,187       17,275

    Property, plant and equipment:
      Land                                                     26,652       24,417
      Buildings and improvements                              105,650      100,772
      Furniture, fixtures, and equipment                      209,172      199,420
      Leasehold improvements                                   26,016       25,596
      Construction in progress                                  5,914        5,654
      Assets under capitalized leases                           9,210        3,759
                                                              -------      -------
                                                              382,614      359,618
      Less accumulated depreciation and amortization         (196,350)    (184,340)
                                                              -------      -------
        Net property, plant and equipment                     186,264      175,278
                                                              -------      -------
    Intangible assets, net                                      9,512        2,854
    Other assets                                                3,629        1,930


                                                              -------      -------
        Total assets                                       $  521,654      513,615
                                                              -------      -------
                                                              -------      -------

</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                       1993         1992
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                    <C>             <C>

    Current liabilities:
      Outstanding checks, net of cash in banks             $   14,301       19,890
      Short-term debt payable to banks                         38,300       47,500
      Current maturities of long-term debt and
         capitalized lease obligations                          3,980        3,822
      Accounts payable                                        119,970      113,732
      Accrued expenses                                         27,032       21,647
      Income taxes                                              4,315        7,100
      Other current liabilities                                 7,123          --
                                                              -------      -------
          Total current liabilities                           215,021      213,691

    Long-term debt                                             89,811       92,114
    Capitalized lease obligations                               8,076        2,031
    Deferred compensation                                       9,065        9,638
    Other                                                         417        4,937

    Stockholders' equity:
      Preferred stock - no par value,
        Authorized 500 shares;  none issued                       --           --
      Common stock of $1.66-2/3 par value.  Authorized
        25,000 shares;  issued 11,224 shares                   18,706       18,706
      Additional paid-in capital                               11,954       11,944
      Retained earnings                                       171,670      163,624
                                                              -------      -------
                                                              202,330      194,274
      Less cost of 351 shares and 352 shares of
        common stock in treasury, respectively                 (3,066)      (3,070)
                                                              -------      -------

          Total stockholders' equity                          199,264      191,204

    Commitments (Notes 5, 8 and 9)                                --           --
                                                              -------      -------

          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity       $  521,654      513,615
                                                              -------      -------
                                                              -------      -------

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

    NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994,
January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991        1993           1992          1991
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  (52 weeks)    (53 weeks)   (52 weeks)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>           <C>
Income:
  Net sales                             $  2,679,410      2,474,013     2,307,410
  Other revenues                              44,125         41,425        35,868
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
    Total revenues                         2,723,535      2,515,438     2,343,278
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales                            2,325,249      2,147,845     1,997,462
  Selling, general and
    administrative, and other
    operating expenses                       332,349        298,663       279,933
  Depreciation and amortization               29,145         27,038        26,124
  Interest expense                            10,114          9,294         8,966
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
    Total costs and expenses               2,696,857      2,482,840     2,312,485

    Earnings before income taxes              26,678         32,598        30,793


Income taxes                                  10,804         12,530        11,738
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
    Net earnings                        $     15,874         20,068        19,055
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
Weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding                   10,872         10,872        10,871
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------

Earnings per share                      $       1.46           1.85          1.75
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
                                           ---------      ---------     ---------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>

 NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994,
 January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
 (In thousands, except per share amounts)      Common Stock        Additional                   Treasury Stock          Total
                                          ---------------------     paid-in    Retained      --------------------    stockholder'
                                          Shares         Amount     capital    earnings      Shares         Amount     equity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>

 Balance at December 29, 1990             11,224     $   18,706      11,929     139,829        (354)    $   (3,076)     167,388
 Net earnings                               --             --          --        19,055         --             --        19,055
 Dividend declared of $.70 per share        --             --          --        (7,610)        --             --        (7,610)
 Treasury stock issued upon exercise of
   options and other insignificant items    --             --             9        --             1              4           13
                                          ------         ------      ------     -------        -----        -------     -------

 Balance at December 28, 1991             11,224         18,706      11,938     151,274        (353)        (3,072)     178,846
 Net earnings                               --             --          --        20,068         --             --        20,068
 Dividend declared of $.71 per share        --             --          --        (7,718)        --             --        (7,718)
 Treasury stock issued upon exercise of
   options and other insignificant items    --             --             6        --             1              2            8
                                          ------         ------      ------     -------        -----        -------     -------

 Balance at January 2, 1993               11,224         18,706      11,944     163,624        (352)        (3,070)     191,204
 Net earnings                               --             --          --        15,874                                  15,874
 Dividend declared of $.72 per share        --             --          --        (7,828)        --             --        (7,828)
 Treasury stock issued upon exercise of
   options and other insignificant items    --             --            10        --             1              4           14
                                          ------         ------      ------     -------        -----        -------     -------


 Balance at January 1, 1994               11,224     $   18,706      11,954     171,670        (351)    $   (3,066)     199,264
                                          ------         ------      ------     -------        -----        -------     -------
                                          ------         ------      ------     -------        -----        -------     -------
</TABLE>

 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>

    NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994,
 January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991                          1993           1992           1991
 (In thousands)                                            (52 weeks)     (53 weeks)     (52 weeks)
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>            <C>

 Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net earnings                                          $     15,874         20,068         19,055
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
    provided by operating activites:
     Depreciation and amortization                             29,145         27,038         26,124
     Provision for bad debts                                   10,146          3,668          1,430
     Recovery from losses on closed lease locations              (499)          (847)        (1,012)
     Deferred income taxes                                     (4,395)        (2,835)          (411)
     Deferred compensation                                       (573)           129             17
     Earnings of equity investments                            (1,534)          (965)          (618)
     Other                                                         65            137             (2)
   Changes in current assets and liabilities:
     Accounts and notes receivable                               (161)        (5,676)       (11,476)
     Inventories                                               26,464        (22,242)         5,752
     Prepaid expenses                                            (411)        (1,474)           409
     Accounts payable                                           6,238          6,755             27
     Accrued expenses                                           5,385          2,631         (2,698)
     Income taxes                                              (2,785)         4,429           (890)
                                                              --------       --------       --------
       Net cash provided by operating activities         $     82,959         30,816         35,707
                                                              --------       --------       --------
 Cash flows from investing activities:
   Dividends received                                             506            435            510
   Disposals of property, plant and equipment                  13,435          8,091          4,244
   Additions to property,  plant  and  equipment
     excluding capital leases                                 (36,382)       (42,991)       (36,836)
   Businesses acquired                                        (27,087)       (40,041)          --
   Investment in an unconsolidated company                       --           (3,000)          --
   Loans to customers                                         (15,942)       (22,977)       (10,264)
   Payments from customers on loans                             8,286          7,500          7,287
   Loans sold including current portion                          --           22,847           --
   Other                                                         (261)           (37)            65
                                                              --------       --------       --------
       Net cash used for investing activities            $    (57,445)       (70,173)       (34,994)
                                                              --------       --------       --------

 Cash flows from financing activities:
   Dividends paid                                              (7,828)        (7,718)        (7,610)
   Proceeds (payments) of short-term debt                      (9,200)        39,900         (4,300)
   Proceeds from long-term debt                                  --           25,000         15,000
   Payments of long-term debt                                  (2,352)       (15,895)        (7,528)
   Payments of capitalized lease obligations                     (458)          (174)          (352)
   Other                                                           14              8             13
                                                              --------       --------       --------
       Net cash (used for) provided by
         financing activities                                 (19,824)        41,121         (4,777)
                                                              --------       --------       --------
       Net increase (decrease) in cash                   $      5,690          1,764         (4,064)
                                                              --------       --------       --------
                                                              --------       --------       --------
</TABLE>

 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>

NASH FINCH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements

(1)  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Fiscal Year

     The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31.
Fiscal year 1993 was a 52-week year; 1992 was a 53-week year while 1991 was 52
weeks.

Principles of Consolidation

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Nash Finch
Company (the Company), its majority-owned subsidiaries and Nash Finch
Company's share of net earnings or losses of 50%-owned companies. All material
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated
financial statements. Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts
to conform with the fiscal 1993 presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     In the accompanying financial statements, freely transferable cash in
banks has been netted for presentation purposes against checks outstanding that
have been drawn on other bank accounts. For purposes of the statements of cash
flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, short-term investments
with original maturities of three months or less, and outstanding checks, net of
cash in banks.

Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. At January 1, 1994
and January 2, 1993, approximately 91% of the Company's inventories are valued
on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. During fiscal 1993 the Company
recorded a LIFO credit of $2.0 million primarily due to an overall reduction in
certain product costs during the year. The remaining inventories are valued on
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. If the FIFO method of accounting for
inventories had been used, inventories would have been $42.5 million and $44.5
million higher at January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Assets under capitalized
leases are recorded at the present value of future lease payments or fair market
value, whichever is lower. Expenditures which improve or extend the life of the
respective assets are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are expensed as
incurred.


<PAGE>


(1)  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Intangible Assets

     Intangible assets consist primarily of covenants not to compete and
goodwill, and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Costs are
amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets ranging from 2-
20 years. Amortization expense charged to operations for fiscal years ended
January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991 was $1.3 million, $.2
million and $.3 million, respectively. The accumulated amortization of
intangible assets was $2.8 million and $1.4 million at January 1, 1994 and
January 2, 1993, respectively.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over
the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements and capitalized
leases are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease.

Income Taxes

     In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES.
Statement 109 requires a change from the deferred method of accounting for
income taxes of APB Opinion 11 to the asset and liability method. Under the
asset and liability method of Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. Under Statement 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.

The Company adopted Statement 109 in 1993 and determined that the cumulative
effect on prior years earnings was not material.


Earnings per Share

     Earnings per share are computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Options granted
under the Company's stock option plans are considered common stock equivalents
but have been excluded from the computation since the effect is not material.


<PAGE>


(2) ACQUISITIONS

     On June 21, 1993, the Company acquired sixteen supermarket stores (the
Easter Stores) from Easter Enterprises, Inc. for approximately $27.0 million.
The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method and, accordingly,
the results of operations of the Easter Stores are included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Included in
the purchase price is a covenent not to compete valued at $3.0 million. The
purchase price resulted in an excess of acquisition costs over net assets
acquired of approximately $3.6 million. The noncompete convenant and goodwill
are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of five years and
fifteen years, respectively.

     On January 26, 1992, the Company acquired Tidewater Wholesale Grocery
located in Chesapeake, Virginia, from Provigo Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Provigo, Inc., for approximately $14.3 million. The results of Tidewater's
operations are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
from the date of acquisition.

     On December 31, 1992 the Company completed two acquisitions. It purchased
the assets of a military wholesale distribution business from B. Green &
Company, Inc. in Baltimore, Maryland for approximately $20 million. In addition,
it acquired the operating assets of five supermarkets in Central Wisconsin from
a former customer for approximately $5.7 million.

The following unaudited pro forma summary for fiscal years 1993 and 1992
combines the consolidated results of the Company, the Easter Stores and the
military distribution business as if the acquisitions had occurred at the
beginning of the 1993 and 1992 fiscal years.

The unaudited pro forma summary is not necessarily indicative either of results
of operations that would have occurred had the purchase been made during the
periods presented, or of future results of operations of the combined companies
(in thousands, except per share amounts).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1993        1992
                                          ----------  ----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>

Net sales                                $2,781,987  2,775,603
Net earnings                                 16,605     21,985
Earnings per share                             1.53       2.02
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


(3)  ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

     Accounts and notes receivable at the end of fiscal years 1993 and 1992 are
comprised of the following components
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1993       1992

                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>

Customer notes receivable                  $  4,301      3,040
Customer accounts receivable                 80,370     81,622
Other receivables                            12,983     13,340
Allowance for doubtful accounts              (1,702)      (710)
                                          ---------  ---------

 Net current accounts and
    notes receivable                       $ 95,952     97,292
                                          ---------  ---------
                                          ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>

                                               1993       1992
                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>

Noncurrent notes receivable                $ 27,007     20,119
Allowance for doubtful accounts              (6,820)    (2,844)
                                          ---------  ---------
 Net non-current notes receivable          $ 20,187     17,275
                                          ---------  ---------
                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

     Operating results include bad debt expense totaling $10.1 million, $3.7
million, and $1.4 million during fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

     On April 2, 1992, the Company sold customer notes totaling $22.8 million.
The notes, which have maturities through the year 2000, were sold at face value
with limited recourse as to certain notes. The Company is responsible for
collection of the notes and remits the principal plus a floating rate of
interest to the purchaser on a monthly basis. Proceeds from the sale of the
notes receivable were used to pay off short-term bank debt.

     The remaining balances of such sold notes receivable totaled $11.8 million
and $17.9 million at January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993, respectively. The
Company is contingently liable should these notes become uncollectible. The
reserve for contingent losses on sold notes is $7.1 million at January 1, 1994
and $4.0 million at January 2, 1993, respectively. At January 1, 1994 this
reserve is classified as an other current liability since it relates entirely to
the transaction described in Note 13.

     Substantially all notes receivable are based on floating interest rates
which adjust to changes in market rates. As a result, the carrying value of
notes receivable approximates market value.

(4)  LINES OF CREDIT AND OUTSTANDING CHECKS

     Formal and informal lines of credit are maintained at various banks.
Generally, banks are compensated through fees on used and unused lines of
credit. At January 1, 1994 unused lines of credit amount to $26.7 million.

<PAGE>

(5)  LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt at the end of the fiscal years 1993 and 1992 is summarized
as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1993       1992
                                             ------    -------
    <S>                                     <C>         <C>

    Industrial development bonds,
       3.8% to 11% due in annual
       installments through 2006            $ 7,175      7,370

    Term loans, 7.5% to 9.9%
       due in semi-annual
       installments through 2006             76,000     77,000

    Notes payable and mortgage
       notes, 8% to 13.5% due in various
       installments through 2006             10,154     11,224
                                             ------    -------

                                             93,329     95,594
    Less current maturities                   3,518      3,480
                                             ------    -------

                                           $ 89,811     92,114
                                             ------    -------
                                             ------    -------
</TABLE>

     During the first quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company finalized a $25
million long-term credit facility with two insurance companies. The proceeds of
this long-term loan were used to replace $25 million outstanding on the short-
term lines of credit with banks. Accordingly, this amount was classified as
long-term debt at January 2, 1993. Under the new loan, interest is fixed at
7.5%.

     At January 1, 1994, land, buildings, and other assets pledged to secure
outstanding mortgage notes and obligations under issues of industrial
development bonds have a depreciated cost of approximately $8.3 million and $6.7
million, respectively.

     Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt for the five fiscal years
after January 1, 1994 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
     <S>                                   <C>

     1994                                  $  3,518
     1995                                     5,369
     1996                                    14,353
     1997                                     6,415
     1998 and thereafter                     63,674
</TABLE>


     Interest paid was $10.1 million, $9.3 million, and $9.0 million, for the
fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

     Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for long-term
financing with similar terms and average maturities, the fair value of long-term
debt utilizing discounted cash flows is $ 98.5 million.

<PAGE>

(6) INCOME TAXES

     As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted Statement 109 as of January 3,
1993. The effect of this change in accounting for income taxes was not material.
Prior years' financial statements have not been restated to apply the provisions
of Statement 109.

Income tax expense for fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991 is made up of the
following components (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1993       1992       1991
                                 -------     ------      -----
  <S>                            <C>         <C>        <C>
  Current:
     U.S. Federal                $12,334     12,500      9,163
     State and local               2,865      2,796      1,912

  Deferred:
     U.S. Federal                 (3,558)    (2,324)       522
     State and local                (837)      (442)       141
                                 -------     ------      -----
             Total               $10,804     12,530     11,738
                                 -------     ------      -----
                                 -------     ------      -----
</TABLE>

     Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from
timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expense
for tax and financial statement purposes.  The source of
these differences and the tax effect of each for fiscal
years 1992 and 1991 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1992       1991
                                             ------      -----
<S>                                        <C>           <C>

Excess of tax over
  financial statement
  depreciation                              $  (795)      (768)
Provision for deferred
  compensation                                  (50)        (7)
Provision for losses at
  closed locations                              398        524
Provision for bad debts                      (1,122)      (237)
Provision for health
  care claims                                  (582)     1,151
Inventory capitalization                       (348)         9
Other, net                                     (267)        (9)
                                             ------      -----
                                            $(2,766)       663
                                             ------      -----
                                             ------      -----
</TABLE>

     Total  income  tax expense  represents effective   tax rates  of 40.5%,
38.4% and 38.1%, for the fiscal years 1993, 1992  and  1991, respectively.  The
reasons for  differences compared with the U.S. federal statutory tax rate
(expressed as a percentage of pretax income) are as follows:


<PAGE>


(6)  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1993       1992       1991
                                   -----      -----      -----
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. federal statutory
  tax rate                          35.0%      34.0%      34.0%

Items affecting federal
  income tax rate:
   State and local taxes,
     net of federal income
     tax benefit                     4.9        4.8        4.4
   Other, net                         .6        (.4)       (.3)
                                   -----      -----      -----

     Effective tax rate             40.5%      38.4%      38.1%
                                   -----      -----      -----
                                   -----      -----      -----
</TABLE>

     Income taxes paid were $18.0 million, $11.1 million and $13.1 million
during fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at January 1, 1994 are
presented as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                   <C>
Accounts and notes receivable,
  principally due to allowance for
  doubtful accounts                                   $   6,235

Inventories, principally due to
  additional costs inventoried for
  tax purposes pursuant to the
  Tax Reform Act of 1986                                  1,653

Health care claims, principally due
  to accrual for financial
  reporting purposes                                        345

Deferred compensation, principally due
  to accrual for financial reporting purposes             3,608

Compensated absences, principally due
  to accrual for financial reporting purposes             1,124

Compensation and casualty loss, principally
  due to accrual for financial reporting
  purposes                                                1,407

Other                                                     1,372
                                                         ------
       Total gross deferred tax assets                   15,744
 Less valuation allowance                                   --
                                                         ------

       Net deferred tax assets                           15,744
                                                         ------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


(6)  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


Deferred tax liabilities:
     Plant and equipment, principally due
     to differences in depreciation                       7,255

     Inventories, principally due to
     differences in LIFO basis                            2,724
     Other                                                  569
                                                          -----
       Total gross deferred tax liabilities              10,548
                                                          -----

       Net deferred tax asset                          $  5,196
                                                          -----
                                                          -----

     Since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset of $15,744
will be principally realized through carry back to taxable income in prior
years, in future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and, to a
lesser extent, future taxable income and tax planning strategies, the Company
has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation allowance for
the deferred tax asset as required by Statement 109.


<PAGE>

(7)  STOCK RIGHTS AND OPTIONS

     Under the Company's 1986 Stockholder Rights Plan, as amended January 18,
1990, one right is attached to each outstanding share of common stock. Each
right entitles the holder to purchase, under certain conditions, one-half share
of common stock at a price of $28.75 ($57.50 per full share). The rights are not
yet exercisable and no separate rights certificates have been distributed. All
rights expire on March 31, 1996.

     The rights become exercisable 20 days after a "flip-in event" has occurred
or 10 business days (subject to extension) after a person or group makes a
tender offer for 15% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock. A
flip-in event would occur if a person or group acquires (1) 15% of the Company's
outstanding common stock, or (2) an ownership level set by the Board of
Directors at less than 15% if the person or group is deemed by the Board of
Directors to have interests adverse to those of the Company and its
stockholders. The rights may be redeemed by the Company at any time prior to the
occurrence of a flip-in event at $.01 per right. The power to redeem may be
reinstated within 20 days after a flip-in event occurs if the cause of the
occurrence is removed.

     Upon the rights becoming exercisable, subject to certain adjustments or
alternatives, each right would entitle the holder (other than the acquiring
person or group, whose rights become void) to purchase a number of shares of the
Company's common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price of the
right. If the Company is involved in a merger or other business combination, or
certain other events occur, each right would entitle the holder to purchase
common shares of the acquiring company having a market value of twice the
exercise price of the right. Within 30 days after the rights become exercisable
following a flip-in event, the Board of Directors may exchange shares of Company
common stock or cash or other property for exercisable rights.

     The Company provides a stock incentive plan for officers and key employees
which provides for the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards.
Under the terms of the plan, stock options are granted at 100% of fair market
value at dates of grant and are exercisable over a maximum of five years.
Restricted stock awards are subject to certain restrictions on transferability
that lapse after specified employment periods. At January 1, 1994, options to
purchase 1,500 shares of common stock of the Company, at an average price of
$23.00 per share, have been granted and are outstanding. No restricted stock
awards have been granted. An additional 243,796 shares are reserved for the
granting of future stock options and restricted stock awards.

<PAGE>

(7)  STOCK RIGHTS AND OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

     Changes in outstanding options during the three fiscal years ended January
1, 1994 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Options
                           Options               currently
                         outstanding            exercisable
                      -----------------      ------------------

                                Option                    Option
                    Shares       price      Shares         price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>

Balance at
  December 29,
  1990                166     $ 4,213          41        $ 1,032

Options
  granted or
  becoming
  exercisable:
     1991              --          --          42         1,076
     1992              --          --          42         1,057
     1993              --          --          37           930

Options
  exercised:
     1991              --          --          --            --
     1992              --          --          --            --
     1993              --          --          --            --

Options
  lapsed:
     1991             (20)       (507)        (20)         (507)
     1992             (19)       (477)        (19)         (477)
     1993            (106)     (2,678)       (106)       (2,678)

Options
  canceled:
     1991              (7)       (188)         (4)         (106)
     1992             (10)       (258)         (9)         (233)
     1993              (3)        (70)         (3)          (70)

Balance at
     January 1,
                      ---        ----         ---         -----
     1994               1     $    35           1       $    24
                      ---        ----         ---         -----
                      ---        ----         ---         -----

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


(8)  LEASE AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

     A substantial portion of the store and warehouse properties of the Company
are leased.  The following table summarizes assets under capitalized leases (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1993            1992
                                        ------          ------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>

Buildings and improvements              $9,210           3,759
Less accumulated amortization           (3,537)         (3,228)
                                        ------          ------
     Net assets under capitalized
       leases                           $5,673             531
                                        ------          ------
                                        ------          ------
</TABLE>

     At January 1, 1994, future minimum rental payments under noncancelable
leases and subleases are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Operating       Capital
                                        leases          leases
                                       ---------       -------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>

1994                                  $ 16,307           1,314
1995                                    13,848           1,280
1996                                    12,934           1,188
1997                                    11,115           1,148
1998- later years                       71,208          12,751
                                       ---------       -------
Total minimum lease payments (a)      $125,412          17,681
                                       ---------
                                       ---------

Less imputed interest
   (rates ranging from 7.9% to 11.5%)                  (9,143)
                                                       -------

Present value of net
  minimum lease payments                                 8,538
Less current maturities                                   (462)
                                                       -------

Capitalized lease obligations                          $ 8,076
                                                       -------
                                                       -------

<FN>

(a)  Future minimum payments for operating and capital leases  have not been
     reduced by minimum sublease rentals  receivable under noncancelable
     subleases. Total future  minimum sublease rentals related to operating and
     capital lease obligations as of January 1, 1994 are $53  million and $5
     million, respectively.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


(8)  LEASE AND OTHER COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

     Total rental expense under operating leases for fiscal years 1993, 1992 and
1991 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  1993        1992       1991
                                 ------      ------     ------
<S>                             <C>          <C>        <C>

Total rentals                   $27,706      25,384     24,323
Less real
 estate taxes,
 insurance and
 other occupancy
 costs                           (2,312)     (2,236)    (2,299)
                                 ------      ------     ------
Minimum rentals                  25,394      23,148     22,024
Contingent rentals                  248         394        414
Sublease rentals                 (7,060)     (7,107)    (7,264)
                                 ------      ------     ------

                                $18,582      16,435     15,174
                                 ------      ------     ------
                                 ------      ------     ------
</TABLE>

     Most of the Company's leases provide that the Company pay real estate
taxes, insurance and other occupancy costs applicable to the leased premises.
Contingent rentals are determined on the basis of a percentage of sales in
excess of  stipulated minimums for certain store  facilities. Operating leases
often contain renewal options. Management expects that, in the normal course of
business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

     The Company has guaranteed certain lease and promissory note obligations of
customers aggregating approximately $19 million.

(9)  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The Company provides financial assistance in the form of secured loans to
some of its affiliated independent retailers for inventories, store fixtures and
equipment, working capital and store improvements. Loans are secured by liens on
inventory or equipment or both, by personal guarantees and by other types of
collateral. In addition, the Company guarantees lease and promissory note
obligations of customers.

     As of January 1, 1994, the Company has retained the credit risk associated
with outstanding secured loans with a customer which were sold in April 1992.
These loans and the Company's guarantee of the customer's bank debt total $11.4
million at January 1, 1994 (See Note 13).

     As of January 1, 1994, the Company has guaranteed outstanding promissory
note obligations of one customer in the amount of $7.6 million and of another
customer in the amount of $4.0 million.


<PAGE>


(9)  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK (CONTINUED)

     In the normal course of business, the Company's produce marketing operation
in California makes cash advances to produce growers during various product
growing seasons, to fund production costs. Such advances are repayable at the
end of the respective growing seasons. Unpaid advances are generally secured by
liens on real estate. At January 1, 1994, $ 7.2 million in advances are
outstanding.

     The  Company establishes allowances for doubtful accounts based upon the
credit risk of specific customers, historical  trends  and other information.
Management believes that adequate provisions have been made for any doubtful
accounts.


(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Company has a profit sharing plan covering substantially all employees
meeting specified requirements. Contributions, determined by the Board of
Directors, are made to a noncontributory profit sharing trust based on profit
performances. Profit sharing expense for 1993, 1992 and 1991 was $3.6 million,
$4.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

     Certain officers and key employees are participants in a deferred
compensation plan providing fixed benefits payable in equal monthly installments
upon retirement. Annual increments to the deferred compensation plan are charged
to earnings.

(11) POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE BENEFITS

     The Company provides certain health care benefits for retired employees.
Substantially all of the Company's employees become eligible for those benefits
when they reach normal retirement age and have a minimum of 15 years of service
with the Company. Prior to 1993, the cost of retiree health care benefits was
recognized as expense as claims were paid. Claims paid were $68,000 and
$123,000, in fiscal 1992 and 1991, respectively.

     During the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, EMPLOYER'S ACCOUNTING FOR POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS. SFAS 106 requires that costs of providing
postretirement benefits be expensed over an employee's service term and not on a
pay-as-you-go basis. The Company has adopted SFAS 106 on a prospective basis,
electing to amortize the liability of $4.9 million over the next twenty years.


<PAGE>


The periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1993 under Statement 106 was as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          1993
                                                         -----
     <S>                                                  <C>

     Service costs                                        $250
     Interest costs                                        381
     Amortization of unrecognized
       transition obligation                               248
                                                         -----
     Net postretirement costs                             $879
                                                         -----
                                                         -----
</TABLE>

The actuarial present value of benefit obligations at January 1, 1994 is as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                <C>

     Retirees eligible for benefits                     $1,743
     Active employees fully eligible                       470
     Active employees not fully eligible                 2,491
                                                        ------
                                                        $4,704
                                                        ------
                                                        ------
</TABLE>

The assumed annual rate of future increases in per capita cost of health care
benefits was 15.0% in 1993, declining 1% per year to 9.0% in 1999  and .5% per
year to 6.5% in 2004 and thereafter. Increasing the health care cost trend by 1%
in  each  year would increase the accumulated benefit obligation by $227,646 at
January 1, 1994 and the service and interest costs by $39,334 for 1993. The
discount rate used in determining the accumulated benefit obligation was 7.5%.


(12)  SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The Company and its subsidiaries sell and distribute food and nonfood
products that are typically found in supermarkets.

     The Company's wholesale distribution segment sells to independently owned
retail food stores and institutional customers while the retail distribution
segment sells directly to the consumer. Produce marketing includes farming,
packing and marketing operations.

     Operating profit is net sales and revenues, less operating expenses. In
computing operating profit, none of the following items have been added or
deducted: general corporate expenses, interest expense, interest income, income
taxes and equity in income from equity-owned companies. Wholesale distribution
operating profits on sales through company- owned stores have been allocated to
the retail segment.

     Identifiable assets are those used exclusively by that industry segment or
an allocated portion of assets used jointly by two industry segments. Corporate
assets are principally cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable, corporate
office facilities and equipment.


<PAGE>


(12)  SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Major segments of business
(in thousands)

                                 1993          1992        1991
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>         <C>

Net sales and other
 operating revenues:
  Wholesale distribution    $1,836,405     1,673,955   1,517,039
  Retail distribution          841,664       801,101     785,073
  Produce marketing
   and other                    37,718        34,408      35,448
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
    Total net sales and
      other operating
      revenues              $2,715,787     2,509,464   2,337,560
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
Operating profit:
  Wholesale distribution $      23,697        28,730      28,975
  Retail distribution            7,704         9,302       5,067
  Produce marketing
   and other                     2,786         1,386       2,211
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
    Total operating
      profit                    34,187        39,418      36,253
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
  Interest income                2,604         2,474       3,506
  Interest expense             (10,113)       (9,294)     (8,966)
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
    Earnings before
      income taxes          $   26,678        32,598      30,793
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
Identifiable assets:
  Wholesale distribution    $  237,554       245,520     197,011
  Retail distribution          195,454       177,764     163,302
  Produce marketing
    and other                   37,394        36,475      32,751
  Corporate                     51,252        53,856      36,584
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                            $  521,654       513,615     429,648
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
Capital Expenditures:
  Wholesale distribution    $    9,199        10,585       9,051
  Retail distribution           18,947        22,224      22,991
  Produce marketing
    and other                    5,564         2,101       1,957
  Corporate                      2,672         8,081       2,837
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                            $   36,382        42,991      36,836
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
Depreciation and
   amortization:
  Wholesale distribution    $   11,641        11,281      11,056
  Retail distribution           14,093        12,675      12,616
  Produce marketing
    and other                    1,396         1,230       1,137
  Corporate                      2,015         1,852       1,315
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                            $   29,145        27,038      26,124
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
                             ---------     ---------   ---------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


(13)  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

   Effective January 31, 1994, the Company acquired the assets of Food Folks,
Inc., a former customer with twenty- three stores located in the Carolina's.
Under the terms of the  agreement, assets with a fair market  value  of
approximately $12.4 million will be transferred to the Company in exchange for
$1.8 million in cash, the assumption of liabilities of $3.2 million and the
forgiveness of $7.4 million in debt, sold with limited recourse (see Note 3) net
of a bad debt reserve established by the Company.  This transaction will be
accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring in fiscal 1994.

<PAGE>

NASH  FINCH  COMPANY
Consolidated Summary of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Eleven years ended January 1, 1994 (not covered by Independent Auditors' Report)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except
    per share amounts)                    1993          1992          1991           1990          1989          1988
                                        (52 weeks)    (53 weeks)    (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)    (52 weeks)    (52 weeks)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

Sales and revenues                  $   2,715,787     2,509,464      2,337,560     2,369,054     2,219,451     2,091,822
Other income                                7,748         5,974          5,718         5,799         4,312         6,012
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Total sales, revenues and other
    income                              2,723,535     2,515,438      2,343,278     2,374,853     2,223,763     2,097,834
Cost of sales                           2,325,249     2,147,845      1,997,462     2,036,335     1,904,041     1,807,448
Selling, general, administrative,
    and other operating expenses,
    including warehousing and
    transportation expenses               328,703       294,700        276,144       271,735       264,024       230,221
Interest expense                           10,114         9,294          8,966         8,670         8,277         8,106
Depreciation and amortization              29,145        27,038         26,124        25,551        23,170        20,193
Profit sharing contribution                 3,646         3,963          3,789         3,603         3,089         2,832
Provision for income taxes                 10,804        12,530         11,738        11,129         8,010        10,859
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
Net earnings                        $      15,874        20,068         19,055        17,830        13,152        18,175
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
Earnings per share:                 $        1.46          1.85           1.75          1.64          1.21          1.67
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------

Cash dividends declared
    per common share    (2)         $         .72           .71            .70           .69           .67           .65
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------

Average number of common shares
    outstanding during period
    (in thousands)      (2)                10,872        10,872         10,871        10,870        10,868        10,881
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------

Pre-tax earnings as a percent
    of sales and revenues                     .98          1.30           1.31          1.22           .95          1.38
Net earnings as a percent of
    sales and revenues                        .58           .80            .81           .75           .59           .87
Effective income tax rate                    40.5          38.4           38.1          38.4          37.9          37.4
Current assets                      $     294,925       310,170        239,850       234,121       212,264       219,956
Current liabilities                 $     215,021       213,691        154,993       159,439       128,159       153,068
Net working capital                 $      79,904        96,479         84,857        74,682        84,105        66,888
Ratio of current assets to
    current liabilities                      1.37          1.45           1.55          1.47          1.66          1.44
Total assets                        $     521,654       513,615        429,648       416,233       380,771       388,269
Capital expenditures                $      36,382        42,991         36,836        36,129        34,635        52,019
Long-term obligations
   (long-term debt and
    capitalized lease obligations)  $      97,887        94,145         82,532        74,333        77,950        66,216


<CAPTION>


                                           1987          1986           1985          1984          1983
                                        (52 weeks)    (53 weeks)     (52 weeks)    (52 weeks)    (52 weeks)
                                        ----------    ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------
<S>                                <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>

Sales and revenues                 $    1,938,758      1,573,717     1,323,294     1,235,327     1,140,599
Other income                                4,590          3,640         4,106         2,992         2,389
                                       ----------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------
Total sales, revenues and other
    income                              1,943,348      1,577,357     1,327,400     1,238,319     1,142,988
Cost of sales                           1,682,667      1,360,537     1,142,464     1,070,226       986,402
Selling, general, administrative,
    and other operating expenses,
    including warehousing and
    transportation expenses               198,553        165,713       140,798       128,653       120,586
Interest expense                            8,087          6,497         5,732         4,199         3,428
Depreciation and amortization              18,389         16,249        14,279        12,034        10,933
Profit sharing contribution                 2,734          2,349         2,101         2,038         1,934
Provision for income taxes                 14,416         12,178        10,020         9,483         8,638
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
Net earnings                        $      18,502         13,834        12,006        11,686        11,067
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
Earnings per share:                 $        1.75           1.35          1.18          1.15          1.09
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
Cash dividends declared
    per common share    (2)         $         .57            .52           .50           .49           .47
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
Average number of common shares
    outstanding during period
    (in thousands)      (2)                10,576         10,244        10,196        10,179        10,155
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
                                       ----------      ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
Pre-tax earnings as a percent
    of sales and revenues                    1.69           1.65          1.66          1.71          1.72
Net earnings as a percent of
    sales and revenues                        .95            .88           .90           .94           .97
Effective income tax rate                    43.8           46.8          45.5          44.8          43.8
Current assets                      $     209,305        182,676       125,051       117,772       105,481
Current liabilities                 $     127,608        120,687        77,867        71,465        61,091
Net working capital                 $      81,697         61,989        47,183        46,306        44,390
Ratio of current assets to
    current liabilities                      1.64           1.51          1.61          1.65          1.73
Total assets                        $     352,187        313,908       239,767       223,024       195,070
Capital expenditures                $      29,680         26,969        25,438        26,954        18,055
Long-term obilgations
    (long-term debt and
    capitalized lease obligations)         66,988         61,588        42,250        42,639        34,214

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>    <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Stockholders' equity               $      199,264       191,204        178,846       167,388       157,024       151,043
Stockholders' equity
   per share, (1), (2)             $        18.33         17.59          16.45         15.40         14.45         13.90
Return on average stockholders'
   equity                          $         8.13         10.85          11.01         10.99          8.54         12.45
Number of common stockholders
   of record at year-end                    2,074         2,087          2,122         2,138         2,146         2,227
Common stock high price, (2),  (3)         23 1/4        19 3/4         20 1/4        25 1/4        25 3/4        27 1/2
Common stock low price, (2), (3)           17            16 1/4         16 1/2        16 1/4        21 1/4        18




Stockholders' equity                $     140,850       116,416        107,384       100,094        93,405
    Stockholders' equity
        per share, (1), (2)         $       12.97         11.34          10.51          9.84          9.17
    Return on average stockholders'
        equity                      $       14.38         12.36          11.57         12.08         12.29
    Number of common stockholders
        of record at year-end               2,234         1,829          1,868         1,881         1,807
    Common stock high price, (2), (3)      26 1/2        19 1/8         15 5/8         9 1/4            11
    Common stock low price, (2), (3)       14 3/4        14 3/4          9 1/4         6 3/4         4 1/2
<FN>

(1)      Based on outstanding shares at year-end.

(2)      Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split 1983 and 2-for-1 stock split 1987.

(3)      High and low closing sale price.  Prior to February 1985 high and low bid quotation.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                      SUBSIDIARIES OF NASH FINCH COMPANY(1)

Direct subsidiaries of Nash Finch Company (the voting stock of which is owned,
with respect to each subsidiary, 100 percent by Nash Finch Company):


              Subsidiary                          State of
              Corporation                       Incorporation
- ----------------------------------------        -------------

Nash-DeCamp Company                               California
Visalia, California

Piggly Wiggly Northland Corporation               Minnesota
Edina, Minnesota

GTL Truck Lines, Inc.                             Nebraska
Gering, Nebraska

Thomas & Howard Company of Hickory, Inc.          North Carolina
Newton, North Carolina

N-F Liquor, Inc.(2)                               Wisconsin
Appleton, Wisconsin

Direct subsidiaries of Nash Finch Company (the voting stock of which is owned,
with respect to each subsidiary, 66.6 percent by Nash Finch Company):

              Subsidiary                          State of
              Corporation                       Incorporation
- ----------------------------------------        -------------

Gillette Dairy of the Black Hills, Inc.         South Dakota
Rapid City, South Dakota

Nebraska Dairies, Inc.                          Nebraska
Norfolk, Nebraska

Subsidiaries of Nash-DeCamp Company (the voting stock of which is owned, with
respect to each subsidiary, 100 percent by Nash-Decamp Company):

              Subsidiary                          State of
              Corporation                       Incorporation
- ---------------------------------------         -------------

Randolph Marketing Company(3)                   California
Porterville, California

- --------------------
(1)  These subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements of
     Nash Finch Company and subsidiaries.

(2)  Merged into Nash Finch effective as of January 2, 1994.

(3)  Merged into Nash-DeCamp Company effective as of January 2, 1994.


<PAGE>


Forrest Transportation Service, Inc.            California
Visalia, California

Subsidiary of Thomas & Howard Company of Hickory, Inc. (the voting stock of
which is owned 100 percent by Thomas & Howard Company of Hickory, Inc.)

              Subsidiary                          State of
              Corporation                       Incorporation
- ---------------------------------------         -------------

T & H Service Merchandisers, Inc.               North Carolina
Hickory, North Carolina


                                        2

<PAGE>














INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT




The Board of Directors
Nash Finch Company:


We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (No.
33-26590) on Form S-8 of Nash Finch Company of our reports dated March 1,
1994, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Nash Finch Company and
subsidiaries as of January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993 and the related
consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity, and cash flows and
related consolidated financial statement schedules for each of the years in
the three-year period ended January 1, 1994, which reports are included or
incorporated by reference in the January 1, 1994 annual report on Form 10-K of
Nash Finch Company.




KPMG Peat Marwick






Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 24, 1994



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission